TW202312723A - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202312723A
TW202312723A TW111131572A TW111131572A TW202312723A TW 202312723 A TW202312723 A TW 202312723A TW 111131572 A TW111131572 A TW 111131572A TW 111131572 A TW111131572 A TW 111131572A TW 202312723 A TW202312723 A TW 202312723A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
sta
field
frame
address information
mac address
Prior art date
Application number
TW111131572A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
郭宇宸
黃國剛
李云波
淦明
Original Assignee
大陸商華為技術有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大陸商華為技術有限公司 filed Critical 大陸商華為技術有限公司
Publication of TW202312723A publication Critical patent/TW202312723A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L69/00Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
    • H04L69/06Notations for structuring of protocol data, e.g. abstract syntax notation one [ASN.1]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/11Allocation or use of connection identifiers

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

This application provides a communications method and a communications apparatus. A first field used to indicate whether a multilink element includes MAC address information of a first STA is set in a first radio frame, so that indication of address information of a sender is more flexible, and can be adapted to a plurality of communications scenarios. In the method, the first STA generates a first radio frame, where the first radio frame includes a multilink element, the multilink element includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate whether the multilink element includes MAC address information of the first STA; and; sending, by the first STA, the first radio frame. This application is applied to a wireless local area network system that supports an IEEE 802.11ax next-generation WiFi protocol, such as 802.11be, or an 802.11 series protocol such as EHT.

Description

一種通信方法及通信裝置A communication method and communication device

本申請涉及無線局域網(wireless local area networks,WLAN)技術領域,尤其涉及一種通信方法及通信裝置。The present application relates to the technical field of wireless local area networks (WLAN), and in particular to a communication method and a communication device.

隨著無線技術的發展,越來越多的無線設備支援多鏈路通信,例如同時在2.4吉赫茲(GHz),5GHz以及6GHz頻段上進行通信,或者同時在同一頻段的不同通道上通信,提高設備之間的通信速率。這種設備通常稱為多鏈路設備(multi-link device,MLD)。With the development of wireless technology, more and more wireless devices support multi-link communication, such as communicating on 2.4 gigahertz (GHz), 5GHz and 6GHz frequency bands at the same time, or communicating on different channels in the same frequency band at the same time, improving Communication rate between devices. Such devices are often referred to as multi-link devices (multi-link device, MLD).

目前,在WLAN通信中,以無線幀的發送方為多鏈路站點設備中的某一個站點為例,無線幀的接收方可以為另一個多鏈路設備或單鏈路設備。At present, in WLAN communication, taking the sender of the wireless frame as an example of a station in the multi-link station device, the receiver of the wireless frame may be another multi-link device or a single-link device.

在一些場景中,無線幀的接收方所接收的無線幀中,所包含的介質接入控制幀頭(medium access control header,MAC Header)欄位可以包括無線幀的發送方的位址資訊,用以向無線幀的接收方指示該無線幀來自于該發送方。In some scenarios, the medium access control header (medium access control header, MAC Header) field contained in the wireless frame received by the receiver of the wireless frame may include the address information of the sender of the wireless frame. To indicate to the receiver of the wireless frame that the wireless frame is from the sender.

在另一些場景中,無線幀的發送方所發送的無線幀,有可能需要通過轉發設備的轉發,才能被無線幀的接收方所接收。無線幀的接收方所接收的無線幀中,所包含的MAC Header欄位可能包括該轉發設備的位址資訊,用以向無線幀的接收方指示該無線幀來自於該轉發設備。In other scenarios, the wireless frame sent by the sender of the wireless frame may need to be forwarded by the forwarding device before it can be received by the receiver of the wireless frame. In the wireless frame received by the receiver of the wireless frame, the MAC Header field included may include address information of the forwarding device, which is used to indicate to the receiver of the wireless frame that the wireless frame comes from the forwarding device.

然而,針對上述多種場景,對於無線幀的接收方而言,是否需要獲取發送方的位址資訊以及如何獲取發送方的位址資訊,是一個亟待解決的技術問題。However, for the various scenarios mentioned above, for the receiver of the wireless frame, whether and how to obtain the address information of the sender is an urgent technical problem to be solved.

本申請提供了一種通信方法及通信裝置,通過在第一無線幀中設置用於指示多鏈路元素是否包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位,使得對於發送方的位址資訊的指示更加靈活,從而能適應多種通信場景。相應的,第一無線幀的接收方基於第一無線幀中的第一欄位靈活地選擇是否在多鏈路元素中接收第一STA的MAC位址資訊,並且在第一欄位指示多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,可以準確地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。The present application provides a communication method and a communication device. By setting the first field in the first wireless frame to indicate whether the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the address information of the sender The indication of is more flexible, so that it can adapt to various communication scenarios. Correspondingly, the receiver of the first radio frame flexibly selects whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field in the first radio frame, and indicates the multi-link element in the first field When the path element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the MAC address information of the first STA can be accurately obtained.

本申請第一方面提供了一種無線幀發送方法,應用於WLAN通信,該方法由第一STA執行,或者,該方法由第一STA中的部分元件(例如處理器、晶片、或晶片系統等)執行,在第一方面及其可能的實現方式中,以該方法由第一STA執行為例進行描述。在該方法中,第一STA生成第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括多鏈路元素,該多鏈路元素包括第一欄位,該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊;該第一STA發送該第一無線幀。The first aspect of the present application provides a wireless frame transmission method, which is applied to WLAN communication, and the method is executed by a first STA, or, the method is implemented by some components (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) in the first STA. Execution. In the first aspect and possible implementation manners thereof, the method is executed by the first STA as an example for description. In this method, the first STA generates a first radio frame, the first radio frame includes a multi-link element, and the multi-link element includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate whether the multi-link element is Including the MAC address information of the first STA; the first STA sends the first wireless frame.

需要說明的是,在一種設計中,MAC位址資訊可以為MAC位址,也可以是MAC位址的索引(index),也可以是MAC位址的標識等,還可以是其他的實現方式,此處不做具體的限定。It should be noted that, in one design, the MAC address information may be a MAC address, an index of a MAC address, an identifier of a MAC address, or other implementation methods. No specific limitation is made here.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,第一無線幀的發送方(例如第一STA)所發送的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該多鏈路元素包括用於指示該多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位。其中,在第一欄位指示該多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該第一欄位確定該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該多鏈路元素中。從而,通過在第一無線幀中設置用於指示多鏈路元素是否包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位,使得對於發送方的位址資訊的指示更加靈活,從而能適應多種通信場景。相應的,第一無線幀的接收方基於第一無線幀中的第一欄位靈活地選擇是否在多鏈路元素中接收第一STA的MAC位址資訊,並且在第一欄位指示多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,可以準確地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame sent by the sender of the first wireless frame (such as the first STA) carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the MLD where the first STA is located , the multi-link element includes a first field for indicating whether the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, when the first field indicates that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can determine the first STA based on the first field The MAC address information for is located in the multilink element. Therefore, by setting the first field for indicating whether the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA in the first radio frame, the indication of the address information of the sender is more flexible, thereby adapting to various communication scene. Correspondingly, the receiver of the first radio frame flexibly selects whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field in the first radio frame, and indicates the multi-link element in the first field When the path element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the MAC address information of the first STA can be accurately obtained.

本申請第二方面提供了一種無線幀接收方法,應用於WLAN通信,該方法由第二STA執行,或者,該方法由第二STA中的部分元件(例如處理器、晶片、或晶片系統等)執行,在第二方面及其可能的實現方式中,以該方法由第二STA執行為例進行描述。在該方法中,第二STA接收來自第一STA的第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括多鏈路元素,該多鏈路元素包括第一欄位,該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊;該第二STA基於該第一欄位確定是否在多鏈路元素中接收該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。The second aspect of the present application provides a wireless frame receiving method, which is applied to WLAN communication, and the method is executed by a second STA, or, the method is implemented by some components in the second STA (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) Execution. In the second aspect and possible implementation manners thereof, the method is executed by the second STA as an example for description. In this method, the second STA receives a first radio frame from the first STA, the first radio frame includes a multi-link element, and the multi-link element includes a first field, the first field is used to indicate the Whether the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA; the second STA determines whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,第二STA所接收的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該多鏈路元素包括用於指示該多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位。其中,在第一欄位指示該多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該第一欄位確定該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該多鏈路元素中。從而,通過在第一無線幀中設置用於指示多鏈路元素是否包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位,使得對於發送方的位址資訊的指示更加靈活,從而能適應多種通信場景。相應的,第一無線幀的接收方基於第一無線幀中的第一欄位靈活地選擇是否在多鏈路元素中接收第一STA的MAC位址資訊,並且在第一欄位指示多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,可以準確地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame received by the second STA carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the MLD where the first STA is located. Whether the multi-link element includes the first field of the MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, when the first field indicates that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can determine the first STA based on the first field The MAC address information for is located in the multilink element. Therefore, by setting the first field for indicating whether the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA in the first radio frame, the indication of the address information of the sender is more flexible, thereby adapting to various communication scene. Correspondingly, the receiver of the first radio frame flexibly selects whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field in the first radio frame, and indicates the multi-link element in the first field When the path element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the MAC address information of the first STA can be accurately obtained.

本申請第三方面提供了一種無線幀發送裝置,應用於WLAN通信,該裝置為第一STA,或者,該裝置為第一STA中的部分元件(例如處理器、晶片、或晶片系統等)。該裝置中的處理單元用於生成第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括多鏈路元素,該多鏈路元素包括第一欄位,該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊;該裝置中的收發單元用於發送該第一無線幀。The third aspect of the present application provides a wireless frame sending device, which is applied to WLAN communication. The device is a first STA, or the device is a part of the first STA (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.). The processing unit in the device is configured to generate a first radio frame, the first radio frame includes a multi-link element, the multi-link element includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate whether the multi-link element is The MAC address information of the first STA is included; the transceiver unit in the device is used to send the first wireless frame.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,發送單元所發送的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該多鏈路元素包括用於指示該多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位。其中,在第一欄位指示該多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該第一欄位確定該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該多鏈路元素中。從而,通過在第一無線幀中設置用於指示多鏈路元素是否包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位,使得對於發送方的位址資訊的指示更加靈活,從而能適應多種通信場景。相應的,第一無線幀的接收方基於第一無線幀中的第一欄位靈活地選擇是否在多鏈路元素中接收第一STA的MAC位址資訊,並且在第一欄位指示多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,可以準確地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame sent by the sending unit carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the MLD where the first STA is located, and the multi-link element includes a multi-link element used to indicate the Whether the multi-link element includes the first field of the MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, when the first field indicates that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can determine the first STA based on the first field The MAC address information for is located in the multilink element. Therefore, by setting the first field for indicating whether the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA in the first radio frame, the indication of the address information of the sender is more flexible, thereby adapting to various communication scene. Correspondingly, the receiver of the first radio frame flexibly selects whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field in the first radio frame, and indicates the multi-link element in the first field When the path element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the MAC address information of the first STA can be accurately obtained.

本申請第四方面提供了一種無線幀接收裝置,應用於WLAN通信,該裝置為第一STA,或者,該裝置為第一STA中的部分元件(例如處理器、晶片、或晶片系統等)。該裝置中的收發單元用於接收來自第一STA的第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括多鏈路元素,該多鏈路元素包括第一欄位,該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊;該裝置中的處理單元用於基於該第一欄位確定是否在多鏈路元素中接收該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。The fourth aspect of the present application provides a wireless frame receiving device, which is applied to WLAN communication. The device is a first STA, or the device is a part of the first STA (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.). The transceiver unit in the device is used to receive a first radio frame from a first STA, the first radio frame includes a multi-link element, and the multi-link element includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate the Whether the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA; the processing unit in the device is configured to determine whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,接收單元所接收的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該多鏈路元素包括用於指示該多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位。其中,在第一欄位指示該多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該第一欄位確定該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該多鏈路元素中。從而,通過在第一無線幀中設置用於指示多鏈路元素是否包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位,使得對於發送方的位址資訊的指示更加靈活,從而能適應多種通信場景。相應的,第一無線幀的接收方基於第一無線幀中的第一欄位靈活地選擇是否在多鏈路元素中接收第一STA的MAC位址資訊,並且在第一欄位指示多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,可以準確地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame received by the receiving unit carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the MLD where the first STA is located, and the multi-link element includes a multi-link element used to indicate the Whether the multi-link element includes the first field of the MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, when the first field indicates that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can determine the first STA based on the first field The MAC address information for is located in the multilink element. Therefore, by setting the first field for indicating whether the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA in the first radio frame, the indication of the address information of the sender is more flexible, thereby adapting to various communication scene. Correspondingly, the receiver of the first radio frame flexibly selects whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field in the first radio frame, and indicates the multi-link element in the first field When the path element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the MAC address information of the first STA can be accurately obtained.

需要說明的是,在第一方面至第四方面中,作為第一無線幀的發送方,“第一STA”可以為多鏈路元素中每個站點的簡介(Per-STA Profile)所指示的“STA”,其中,承載多鏈路元素的第一無線幀為MLD所發送的。當該MLD為AP MLD時,該Per-STA Profile指示AP MLD中某個AP的簡介資訊(換言之,“第一STA”為AP);當該MLD為non-AP MLD時,Per-STA Profile指示non-AP MLD中某個STA的簡介資訊(換言之,“第一STA”為STA)。It should be noted that, in the first to fourth aspects, as the sender of the first wireless frame, the "first STA" may be indicated by the profile (Per-STA Profile) of each station in the multi-link element , where the first radio frame carrying the multi-link element is sent by the MLD. When the MLD is an AP MLD, the Per-STA Profile indicates the profile information of an AP in the AP MLD (in other words, the "first STA" is the AP); when the MLD is a non-AP MLD, the Per-STA Profile indicates Profile information of a certain STA in the non-AP MLD (in other words, the "first STA" is the STA).

此外,在第一方面至第四方面中,作為第一無線幀的接收方,接收承載多鏈路元素的第一無線幀的“第二STA”可以為單鏈路設備,也可以為MLD中的某一個“STA”。其中,當第二STA為AP MLD中的某一個“STA”時,該第二STA為AP;當第二STA為non-AP MLD中的某一個“STA”時,該第二STA為STA。In addition, in the first to fourth aspects, as the receiver of the first radio frame, the "second STA" that receives the first radio frame carrying multi-link elements can be a single-link device, or it can be an MLD One of the "STAs". Wherein, when the second STA is a certain "STA" in the AP MLD, the second STA is an AP; when the second STA is a certain "STA" in the non-AP MLD, the second STA is a STA.

在第一方面至第四方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第一欄位位於該多鏈路元素中的出現點陣圖(Presence Bitmap)欄位中。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect, the first field is located in a Presence Bitmap field in the multilink element.

基於上述技術方案,該第一欄位位於該第一無線幀所包含的多鏈路元素的出現點陣圖欄位中,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以基於該出現點陣圖欄位確定該第一欄位。Based on the above technical solution, the first field is located in the appearance bitmap field of the multi-link element included in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can determine based on the appearance bitmap field the first field.

在第一方面至第四方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,在該第一欄位的取值為第一取值時,該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,該多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect, when the value of the first field is the first value, the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element includes The MAC address information of the first STA, the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,在該第一欄位的取值為第二取值時,該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the first field is the second value, the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,第一取值不同於第二取值。Optionally, the first value is different from the second value.

在第一方面至第四方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,在該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該多鏈路元素包括公共資訊(Common Info)欄位,該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該公共資訊欄位中。In a possible implementation of any one of the first to fourth aspects, when the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the multi-link The element includes a common information (Common Info) field, and the MAC address information of the first STA is located in the common information field.

基於上述技術方案,該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該第一無線幀所包含的多鏈路元素的公共資訊欄位中,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以基於該公共資訊欄位確定該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, the MAC address information of the first STA is located in the public information field of the multi-link element included in the first wireless frame, so that the recipient of the first wireless frame can determine based on the public information field MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,在該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一無線幀包括以下任一項:Optionally, when the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the first wireless frame includes any of the following:

通道直接鏈路建立(tunneled direct link setup,TDLS)發現請求幀、TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立請求幀、TDLS建立回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀、TDLS資料幀、TDLS資料幀的回應幀。Tunneled direct link setup (TDLS) discovery request frame, TDLS discovery response frame, TDLS setup request frame, TDLS setup response frame, TDLS setup confirmation frame, TDLS setup confirmation frame response frame, TDLS data frame, TDLS A response frame for a data frame.

在第一方面至第四方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,在該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於第一無線幀的除多鏈路元素之外的其他位置中。In a possible implementation of any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect, when the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA, the first The MAC address information of the STA is located in other positions in the first radio frame except the multi-link element.

可選的,該第一無線幀還包括目標欄位,該目標欄位包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊;其中,該目標欄位不同於該多鏈路元素。Optionally, the first wireless frame further includes a target field, and the target field includes MAC address information of the first STA; wherein, the target field is different from the multi-link element.

可選的,該目標欄位可以為介質接入控制幀頭(medium access control header,MAC Header)欄位。Optionally, the target field may be a medium access control header (medium access control header, MAC Header) field.

可選的,在該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一無線幀包括以下任一項:Optionally, when the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA, the first radio frame includes any of the following:

關聯請求幀、重關聯請求幀、關聯回應幀、重關聯回應幀或探測回應幀。Association request frame, reassociation request frame, association response frame, reassociation response frame or probe response frame.

本申請第五方面提供了一種通信方法,應用於WLAN通信,該方法由第一STA執行,或者,該方法由第一STA中的部分元件(例如處理器、晶片、或晶片系統等)執行,在第五方面及其可能的實現方式中,以該方法由第一STA執行為例進行描述。在該方法中,第一STA發送第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括該第一STA所在的第一多鏈路設備MLD對應的第一多鏈路元素,其中,該第一多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊;該第一STA接收第二無線幀,該第二無線幀為該第一無線幀的回應幀。The fifth aspect of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to WLAN communication, and the method is executed by a first STA, or, the method is executed by some components (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) in the first STA, In the fifth aspect and its possible implementation manners, description is made by taking the method executed by the first STA as an example. In this method, the first STA sends a first radio frame, and the first radio frame includes a first multi-link element corresponding to a first multi-link device MLD where the first STA is located, wherein the first multi-link The element includes MAC address information of a first STA; the first STA receives a second radio frame, and the second radio frame is a response frame of the first radio frame.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,第一STA所發送的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該第一多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該多鏈路元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame sent by the first STA carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and the first multi-link element Including the MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first radio frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the multi-link element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the multi-link element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the A MAC address information of the STA.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

本申請第六方面提供了一種通信方法,應用於WLAN通信,該方法由第二STA執行,或者,該方法由第二STA中的部分元件(例如處理器、晶片、或晶片系統等)執行,在第六方面及其可能的實現方式中,以該方法由第二STA執行為例進行描述。在該方法中,第二STA接收第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括第一STA所在的第一多鏈路設備MLD對應的第一多鏈路元素,其中,該第一多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊;該第二STA發送第二無線幀,該第二無線幀為該第一無線幀的回應幀。The sixth aspect of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to WLAN communication, and the method is executed by a second STA, or, the method is executed by some components (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) in the second STA, In the sixth aspect and its possible implementation manners, description is made by taking the method executed by the second STA as an example. In this method, the second STA receives a first radio frame, and the first radio frame includes a first multi-link element corresponding to a first multi-link device MLD where the first STA is located, wherein the first multi-link element The MAC address information of the first STA is included; the second STA sends a second wireless frame, and the second wireless frame is a response frame of the first wireless frame.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,第二STA所接收的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該第一多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該多鏈路元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame received by the second STA carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and the first multi-link element Including the MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first radio frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the multi-link element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the multi-link element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the A MAC address information of the STA.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

本申請第七方面提供了一種通信裝置,應用於WLAN通信,該裝置為第一STA,或者,該裝置為第一STA中的部分元件(例如處理器、晶片、或晶片系統等)。該裝置中的發送單元用於發送第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括該第一STA所在的第一多鏈路設備MLD對應的第一多鏈路元素,其中,該第一多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊;該裝置中的接收單元用於接收第二無線幀,該第二無線幀為該第一無線幀的回應幀。A seventh aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which is applied to WLAN communication, and the device is a first STA, or the device is a part of components (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) in the first STA. The sending unit in the apparatus is configured to send a first radio frame, where the first radio frame includes a first multi-link element corresponding to the first multi-link device MLD where the first STA is located, where the first multi-link The element includes MAC address information of the first STA; the receiving unit in the device is used for receiving a second wireless frame, and the second wireless frame is a response frame of the first wireless frame.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,發送單元所發送的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該第一多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該多鏈路元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame sent by the sending unit carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and the first multi-link element includes MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first radio frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the multi-link element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the multi-link element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the A MAC address information of the STA.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

本申請第八方面提供了一種通信裝置,應用於WLAN通信,該裝置為第一STA,或者,該裝置為第一STA中的部分元件(例如處理器、晶片、或晶片系統等)。該裝置中的接收單元用於接收第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括第一STA所在的第一多鏈路設備MLD對應的第一多鏈路元素,其中,該第一多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊;該裝置中的發送單元用於發送第二無線幀,該第二無線幀為該第一無線幀的回應幀。The eighth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which is applied to WLAN communication, and the device is a first STA, or the device is a part of components (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) in the first STA. The receiving unit in the apparatus is configured to receive a first radio frame, where the first radio frame includes a first multi-link element corresponding to a first multi-link device MLD where the first STA is located, wherein the first multi-link element The MAC address information of the first STA is included; the sending unit in the device is used to send a second wireless frame, and the second wireless frame is a response frame of the first wireless frame.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,接收單元所接收的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該第一多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該多鏈路元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame received by the receiving unit carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and the first multi-link element includes MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first radio frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the multi-link element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the multi-link element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the A MAC address information of the STA.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

在第五方面至第八方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第一多鏈路元素包括公共資訊欄位,該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該公共資訊欄位中。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the fifth aspect to the eighth aspect, the first multi-link element includes a public information field, and the MAC address information of the first STA is located in the public information field.

基於上述技術方案,該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該第一無線幀所包含的第一多鏈路元素的公共資訊欄位中,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以基於該公共資訊欄位確定該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, the MAC address information of the first STA is located in the public information field of the first multi-link element included in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can The bits determine the MAC address information of the first STA.

在第五方面至第八方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第一多鏈路元素包括第一欄位,該第一欄位用於指示該第一多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the fifth aspect to the eighth aspect, the first multi-link element includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate whether the first multi-link element includes MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,在該第一欄位的取值為第一取值時,該第一欄位用於指示該第一多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the first field is the first value, the first field is used to indicate that the first multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,在該第一欄位的取值為第二取值時,該第一欄位用於指示該第一多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the first field is the second value, the first field is used to indicate that the first multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,第一取值不同於第二取值。Optionally, the first value is different from the second value.

在第五方面至第八方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第一欄位位於該第一多鏈路元素中的出現點陣圖欄位中。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the fifth aspect to the eighth aspect, the first field is located in a bitmap field in the first multi-link element.

基於上述技術方案,該第一欄位位於該第一無線幀所包含的多鏈路元素的出現點陣圖欄位中,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以基於該出現點陣圖欄位確定該第一欄位。Based on the above technical solution, the first field is located in the appearance bitmap field of the multi-link element included in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can determine based on the appearance bitmap field the first field.

在第五方面至第八方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀還包括第一資訊元素,該第一資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the fifth aspect to the eighth aspect, the first radio frame further includes a first information element, and the first information element includes the address information of the initiator and the address of the responder information, the address information of the initiator is the MAC address of the first MLD where the first STA is located.

可選的,該第一資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素(Link Identifier element)。Optionally, the first information element is a link identifier information element (Link Identifier element).

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第一STA所發送的第一無線幀還可以包含有第一資訊元素,其中,該第一資訊元素至少包括用於指示TDLS發起者(TDLS initiator)的發起者的位址資訊,以及用於指示TDLS回應者(TDLS responder)的回應者的位址資訊。其中,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址,用以指示該TDLS發起者為第一STA所在的第一MLD。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to the TDLS-based transmission process, and the first wireless frame sent by the first STA can also include a first information element, wherein the first information element includes at least a The address information of the initiator (TDLS initiator), and the address information of the responder used to indicate the TDLS responder (TDLS responder). Wherein, the address information of the initiator is the MAC address of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and is used to indicate that the TDLS initiator is the first MLD where the first STA is located.

在第五方面至第八方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,在該第一無線幀中,該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的MAC位址資訊或該第二STA所在的第二MLD的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation of any one of the fifth aspect to the eighth aspect, in the first wireless frame, the address information of the responder is the MAC address information of the second STA or the address information of the second STA MAC address information of the second MLD.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,當TDLS回應者為多鏈路設備時,第一資訊元素中的回應者的位址資訊可以為第二STA所在的第二MLD的MAC位址資訊;當TDLS回應者為單鏈路設備時,第一資訊元素中的回應者的位址資訊可以為第二STA的MAC位址資訊。使得方案可以應用於多種不同的場景。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to the transmission process based on TDLS. When the TDLS responder is a multi-link device, the address information of the responder in the first information element can be the address information of the second MLD where the second STA is located. MAC address information; when the TDLS responder is a single link device, the address information of the responder in the first information element may be the MAC address information of the second STA. This enables the scheme to be applied to many different scenarios.

在第五方面至第八方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀包括第二STA所在的第二MLD對應的第二多鏈路元素,其中,該第二多鏈路元素包括該第二STA的MAC位址。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the fifth aspect to the eighth aspect, the second radio frame includes a second multi-link element corresponding to the second MLD where the second STA is located, where the second multi-link The way element includes the MAC address of the second STA.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第一無線幀的接收方為多鏈路設備時,第二無線幀作為該第一無線幀的回應幀,該第二無線幀也可以包括第二STA所在的第二MLD對應的第二多鏈路元素,其中,該第二多鏈路元素包括該第二STA的MAC位址。使得該第二無線幀的接收方(例如第一STA)可以基於該第二多鏈路元素確定第二STA的MAC位址資訊,後續第二無線幀的接收方基於該第二STA的MAC位址資訊與第二STA通信。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to the transmission process based on TDLS. When the receiver of the first wireless frame is a multi-link device, the second wireless frame is used as the response frame of the first wireless frame, and the second wireless frame is also It may include a second multi-link element corresponding to the second MLD where the second STA is located, where the second multi-link element includes the MAC address of the second STA. The receiver of the second wireless frame (such as the first STA) can determine the MAC address information of the second STA based on the second multi-link element, and the receiver of the second wireless frame can determine the MAC address information of the second STA based on the MAC address information of the second STA. The address information is communicated with the second STA.

在第五方面至第八方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第二多鏈路元素包括公共資訊欄位,該第二STA的MAC位址資訊位於該公共資訊欄位中。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the fifth aspect to the eighth aspect, the second multi-link element includes a public information field, and the MAC address information of the second STA is located in the public information field.

基於上述技術方案,該第二STA的MAC位址資訊位於該第二無線幀所包含的第二多鏈路元素的公共資訊欄位中,使得第二無線幀的接收方可以基於該公共資訊欄位確定該第二STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, the MAC address information of the second STA is located in the public information field of the second multi-link element included in the second radio frame, so that the receiver of the second radio frame can The bits determine the MAC address information of the second STA.

在第五方面至第八方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第二多鏈路元素包括第二欄位,該第二欄位用於指示該第二多鏈路元素是否包括該第二STA的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the fifth aspect to the eighth aspect, the second multi-link element includes a second field, and the second field is used to indicate whether the second multi-link element includes MAC address information of the second STA.

可選的,在該第二欄位的取值為第一取值時,該第二欄位用於指示該第二多鏈路元素包括該第二STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the second field is the first value, the second field is used to indicate that the second multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the second STA.

可選的,在該第二欄位的取值為第二取值時,該第二欄位用於指示該第二多鏈路元素不包括該第二STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the second field is the second value, the second field is used to indicate that the second multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the second STA.

可選的,第一取值不同於第二取值。Optionally, the first value is different from the second value.

在第五方面至第八方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第二欄位位於該多鏈路元素中的出現點陣圖欄位中。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the fifth aspect to the eighth aspect, the second field is located in a bitmap field in the multilink element.

基於上述技術方案,該第二欄位位於該第二無線幀所包含的第二多鏈路元素的出現點陣圖欄位中,使得第二無線幀的接收方可以基於該出現點陣圖欄位確定該第二欄位。Based on the above technical solution, the second field is located in the appearance bitmap field of the second multi-link element contained in the second radio frame, so that the receiver of the second radio frame can bit identifies the second field.

在第五方面至第八方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀還包括第二資訊元素,該第二資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the fifth aspect to the eighth aspect, the second radio frame further includes a second information element, and the second information element includes the address information of the initiator and the address of the responder Information.

可選的,該第二資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素(Link Identifier element)。Optionally, the second information element is a link identifier information element (Link Identifier element).

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第二STA所發送的第二無線幀還可以包含有第二資訊元素,其中,該第二資訊元素至少包括用於指示TDLS發起者(TDLS initiator)的發起者的位址資訊,以及用於指示TDLS回應者(TDLS responder)的回應者的位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to the TDLS-based transmission process, and the second radio frame sent by the second STA can also include a second information element, wherein the second information element at least includes information for indicating the TDLS initiator The address information of the initiator (TDLS initiator), and the address information of the responder used to indicate the TDLS responder (TDLS responder).

在第五方面至第八方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,在該第二資訊元素中,該發起者的位址資訊為以下任一項:In a possible implementation manner of any one of the fifth aspect to the eighth aspect, in the second information element, the initiator's address information is any of the following:

該第一STA的MAC位址;或,the MAC address of the first STA; or,

該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址;或,The MAC address of the first MLD where the first STA is located; or,

第三STA的MAC位址,其中,該第三STA與該第一STA均位於第一MLD中,且該第二STA所在的BSS的BSSID和該第三STA所在的BSS的BSSID相同。The MAC address of the third STA, where the third STA and the first STA are located in the first MLD, and the BSSID of the BSS where the second STA is located is the same as the BSSID of the BSS where the third STA is located.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第二STA所發送的第二無線幀還可以包含有第二資訊元素。該第二STA可以通過上述多種實現方式指示該第二資訊元素中的發起者的位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to the transmission process based on TDLS, and the second radio frame sent by the second STA can also include the second information element. The second STA may indicate the originator's address information in the second information element through the above-mentioned multiple implementation manners.

在第五方面至第八方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,在該第二資訊元素中,該回應者的位址資訊為以下任一項:In a possible implementation of any one of the fifth aspect to the eighth aspect, in the second information element, the address information of the respondent is any of the following:

第二STA的MAC位址;或,the MAC address of the second STA; or,

第二STA所在的第二MLD的MAC位址。The MAC address of the second MLD where the second STA is located.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第二STA所發送的第二無線幀還可以包含有第二資訊元素。該第二STA可以通過上述多種實現方式指示該第二資訊元素中的回應者的位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to the transmission process based on TDLS, and the second radio frame sent by the second STA can also include the second information element. The second STA may indicate address information of the respondent in the second information element through the above-mentioned various implementation manners.

本申請第九方面提供了一種通信方法,應用於WLAN通信,該方法由第一STA執行,或者,該方法由第一STA中的部分元件(例如處理器、晶片、或晶片系統等)執行,在第九方面及其可能的實現方式中,以該方法由第一STA執行為例進行描述。在該方法中,第一STA發送第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括第一資訊元素和第一多鏈路元素,該第一資訊元素不同於第一多鏈路元素,該第一資訊元素包括第一站點STA的MAC位址資訊;接收第二無線幀,該第二無線幀為該第一無線幀的回應幀。The ninth aspect of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to WLAN communication, and the method is executed by a first STA, or, the method is executed by some components (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) in the first STA, In the ninth aspect and its possible implementation manners, description is made by taking the method executed by the first STA as an example. In this method, the first STA sends a first radio frame, the first radio frame includes a first information element and a first multi-link element, the first information element is different from the first multi-link element, the first information The elements include MAC address information of the first station STA; receiving a second wireless frame, which is a response frame of the first wireless frame.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,第一STA所發送的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,不同於該第一多鏈路元素的第一資訊元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該第一資訊元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的第一資訊元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame sent by the first STA carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, which is different from the first multi-link The first information element of the way element includes MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the first information element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the first information element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the first STA A MAC address information of the STA.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

本申請第十方面提供了一種通信方法,應用於WLAN通信,該方法由第二STA執行,或者,該方法由第二STA中的部分元件(例如處理器、晶片、或晶片系統等)執行,在第六方面及其可能的實現方式中,以該方法由第二STA執行為例進行描述。在該方法中,第二STA接收第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括第一資訊元素和第一多鏈路元素,該第一資訊元素包括第一站點STA的MAC位址資訊;第二STA發送第二無線幀,該第二無線幀為該第一無線幀的回應幀。The tenth aspect of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to WLAN communication, and the method is executed by a second STA, or, the method is executed by some components (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) in the second STA, In the sixth aspect and its possible implementation manners, description is made by taking the method executed by the second STA as an example. In this method, the second STA receives a first wireless frame, the first wireless frame includes a first information element and a first multi-link element, and the first information element includes MAC address information of the first station STA; The two STAs send a second radio frame, and the second radio frame is a response frame of the first radio frame.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,第二STA所接收的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,不同於該第一多鏈路元素的第一資訊元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該第一資訊元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的第一資訊元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame received by the second STA carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, which is different from the first multi-link element. The first information element of the way element includes MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the first information element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the first information element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the first STA A MAC address information of the STA.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

本申請第十一方面提供了一種通信裝置,應用於WLAN通信,該裝置為第一STA,或者,該裝置為第一STA中的部分元件(例如處理器、晶片、或晶片系統等)。該裝置中的發送單元用於發送第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括第一資訊元素和第一多鏈路元素,該第一資訊元素包括第一站點STA的MAC位址資訊;該裝置中的接收單元用於接收第二無線幀,該第二無線幀為該第一無線幀的回應幀。The eleventh aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which is applied to WLAN communication, and the device is a first STA, or the device is a part of components (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) in the first STA. The sending unit in the device is used to send a first wireless frame, where the first wireless frame includes a first information element and a first multi-link element, where the first information element includes MAC address information of a first station STA; The receiving unit in the device is used for receiving the second wireless frame, which is a response frame of the first wireless frame.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,發送單元所發送的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,不同於該第一多鏈路元素的第一資訊元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該第一資訊元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的第一資訊元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame sent by the sending unit carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, which is different from the first multi-link The first information element of the elements includes MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the first information element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the first information element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the first STA A MAC address information of the STA.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

本申請第十二方面提供了一種通信裝置,應用於WLAN通信,該裝置為第一STA,或者,該裝置為第一STA中的部分元件(例如處理器、晶片、或晶片系統等)。該裝置中的接收單元用於接收第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括第一資訊元素和第一多鏈路元素,該第一資訊元素包括第一站點STA的MAC位址資訊;該裝置中的發送單元用於發送第二無線幀,該第二無線幀為該第一無線幀的回應幀。A twelfth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which is applied to WLAN communication, and the device is a first STA, or the device is a part of components (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) in the first STA. The receiving unit in the device is configured to receive a first wireless frame, the first wireless frame includes a first information element and a first multi-link element, the first information element includes MAC address information of a first station STA; the The sending unit in the device is used to send a second wireless frame, which is a response frame of the first wireless frame.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,接收單元所接收的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,不同於該第一多鏈路元素的第一資訊元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該第一資訊元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的第一資訊元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame received by the receiving unit carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, which is different from the first multi-link The first information element of the elements includes MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the first information element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the first information element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the first STA A MAC address information of the STA.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

在第九方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第一資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素,其中,該鏈路標識資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA的MAC位址資訊(或表述為,第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於鏈路標識資訊元素中),該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的位址資訊或該第二STA所在的MLD的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the ninth aspect to the twelfth aspect, the first information element is a link identification information element, wherein the link identification information element includes the address information of the initiator and the response The address information of the initiator, the address information of the initiator is the MAC address information of the first STA (or expressed as, the MAC address information of the first STA is located in the link identification information element), and the address information of the responder The address information is the address information of the second STA or the address information of the MLD where the second STA is located.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第一STA所發送的第一無線幀所包含的第一資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素,其中,該鏈路標識資訊元素至少包括用於指示TDLS發起者(TDLS initiator)的發起者的位址資訊,以及用於指示TDLS回應者(TDLS responder)的回應者的位址資訊。其中,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA的MAC位址,用以指示該TDLS發起者為第一STA。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to the transmission process based on TDLS, the first information element contained in the first wireless frame sent by the first STA is a link identification information element, wherein the link identification information element includes at least The address information used to indicate the initiator of the TDLS initiator (TDLS initiator), and the address information used to indicate the responder of the TDLS responder (TDLS responder). Wherein, the address information of the initiator is the MAC address of the first STA, which is used to indicate that the TDLS initiator is the first STA.

在第九方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀還包括鏈路標識資訊元素,該鏈路標識資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址資訊,該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的位址資訊或該第二STA所在的MLD的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the ninth aspect to the twelfth aspect, the first radio frame further includes a link identification information element, and the link identification information element includes the address information of the initiator and the responder The address information of the initiator is the MAC address information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and the address information of the responder is the address information of the second STA or the address information of the second STA. Address information of MLD.

可選的,第一資訊元素不同于多鏈路元素且第一資訊元素不同于鏈路標識資訊元素。Optionally, the first information element is different from the multi-link element and the first information element is different from the link identification information element.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第一STA所發送的第一無線幀中除了第一資訊元素和多鏈路元素之外,第一無線幀還包括鏈路標識資訊元素。其中,該鏈路標識資訊元素至少包括用於指示TDLS發起者(TDLS initiator)的發起者的位址資訊,以及用於指示TDLS回應者(TDLS responder)的回應者的位址資訊。其中,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址,用以指示該TDLS發起者為第一STA所在的第一MLD。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to the TDLS-based transmission process. In the first wireless frame sent by the first STA, in addition to the first information element and the multi-link element, the first wireless frame also includes link identification information. element. Wherein, the link identification information element at least includes address information for indicating a TDLS initiator (TDLS initiator), and address information for indicating a TDLS responder (TDLS responder). Wherein, the address information of the initiator is the MAC address of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and is used to indicate that the TDLS initiator is the first MLD where the first STA is located.

在第九方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀包括第二資訊元素和第二多鏈路元素,該第二資訊元素包括第二站點STA的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the ninth aspect to the twelfth aspect, the second radio frame includes a second information element and a second multi-link element, and the second information element includes a second station STA MAC address information.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第一無線幀的接收方為多鏈路設備時,第二無線幀作為該第一無線幀的回應幀,該第二無線幀也可以包括第二STA所在的第二MLD對應的第二多鏈路元素以及第二資訊元素,其中,該第二資訊元素包括該第二STA的MAC位址。使得該第二無線幀的接收方(例如第一STA)可以基於該第二資訊元素確定第二STA的MAC位址資訊,後續第二無線幀的接收方基於該第二STA的MAC位址資訊與第二STA通信。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to the transmission process based on TDLS. When the receiver of the first wireless frame is a multi-link device, the second wireless frame is used as the response frame of the first wireless frame, and the second wireless frame is also It may include a second multi-link element and a second information element corresponding to the second MLD where the second STA is located, where the second information element includes the MAC address of the second STA. So that the recipient of the second wireless frame (for example, the first STA) can determine the MAC address information of the second STA based on the second information element, and the recipient of the subsequent second wireless frame can determine the MAC address information of the second STA based on the second information element. Communicate with the second STA.

在第九方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第二資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素,其中,該鏈路標識資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第二STA的MAC位址資訊(或表述為,第二STA的MAC位址資訊位於鏈路標識資訊元素中),該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的位址資訊或該第二STA所在的MLD的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the ninth aspect to the twelfth aspect, the second information element is a link identification information element, wherein the link identification information element includes the address information of the initiator and the response The address information of the initiator, the address information of the initiator is the MAC address information of the second STA (or expressed as, the MAC address information of the second STA is located in the link identification information element), and the address information of the responder The address information is the address information of the second STA or the address information of the MLD where the second STA is located.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第二STA所發送的第二無線幀所包含的第二資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素,其中,該鏈路標識資訊元素至少包括用於指示TDLS發起者(TDLS initiator)的發起者的位址資訊,以及用於指示TDLS回應者(TDLS responder)的回應者的位址資訊。其中,該回應者的位址資訊為該第二STA的MAC位址,用以指示該TDLS回應者為第二STA。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to the TDLS-based transmission process, the second information element contained in the second radio frame sent by the second STA is a link identification information element, wherein the link identification information element includes at least The address information used to indicate the initiator of the TDLS initiator (TDLS initiator), and the address information used to indicate the responder of the TDLS responder (TDLS responder). Wherein, the address information of the responder is the MAC address of the second STA, which is used to indicate that the TDLS responder is the second STA.

在第九方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀還包括鏈路標識資訊元素,該鏈路標識資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址資訊,該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的位址資訊或該第二STA所在的MLD的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the ninth aspect to the twelfth aspect, the first radio frame further includes a link identification information element, and the link identification information element includes the address information of the initiator and the responder The address information of the initiator is the MAC address information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and the address information of the responder is the address information of the second STA or the address information of the second STA. Address information of MLD.

可選的,第二資訊元素不同于多鏈路元素且第一資訊元素不同于鏈路標識資訊元素。Optionally, the second information element is different from the multi-link element and the first information element is different from the link identification information element.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第二STA所發送的第二無線幀中除了第二資訊元素和多鏈路元素之外,第二無線幀還包括鏈路標識資訊元素。其中,該鏈路標識資訊元素至少包括用於指示TDLS發起者(TDLS initiator)的發起者的位址資訊,以及用於指示TDLS回應者(TDLS responder)的回應者的位址資訊。其中,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址資訊,用以指示該TDLS發起者為第一STA所在的第一MLD。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to the transmission process based on TDLS, in addition to the second information element and the multi-link element in the second wireless frame sent by the second STA, the second wireless frame also includes link identification information element. Wherein, the link identification information element at least includes address information for indicating a TDLS initiator (TDLS initiator), and address information for indicating a TDLS responder (TDLS responder). Wherein, the address information of the initiator is the MAC address information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and is used to indicate that the TDLS initiator is the first MLD where the first STA is located.

在第一方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀包括TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS建立請求幀或TDLS建立確認幀;該第一STA發送該第一無線幀包括:該第一STA向該第一STA關聯的第一接入點AP發送該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括位址一(Address 1,A1)欄位、位址二(Address 2,A2)欄位和位址三(Address 3,A3)欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為該第一AP的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第一STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the first aspect to the twelfth aspect, the first radio frame includes a TDLS discovery request frame, a TDLS establishment request frame, or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame; the first STA sends the first The wireless frame includes: the first STA sends the first wireless frame to the first access point AP associated with the first STA, and the first wireless frame also includes an address 1 (Address 1, A1) field, an address 2 (Address 2, A2) field and address three (Address 3, A3) field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the first AP, and the value of the A2 field is the Address information of a STA, the value of the A3 field is the address information of the respondent.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS發現過程、TDLS建立過程等,該第一無線幀具體包括(或表述為承載)TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS建立請求幀或TDLS建立確認幀。其中,第一STA可以向第一STA所關聯的第一AP發送該第一無線幀。該第一無線幀還包括用於指示該第一無線幀的接收方的位址(receiver address,RA)的A1欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的發送方的位址(transmitter address,TA)的A2欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的目的位址(destination address,DA)的A3欄位。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as TDLS discovery process, TDLS establishment process, etc., the first radio frame specifically includes (or expressed as bearer) TDLS discovery request frame, TDLS establishment request frame or TDLS builds an acknowledgment frame. Wherein, the first STA may send the first wireless frame to the first AP associated with the first STA. The first radio frame further includes an A1 field used to indicate the address of the receiver (receiver address, RA) of the first radio frame, used to indicate the address of the sender (transmitter address, RA) of the first radio frame. The A2 field of the TA) is used to indicate the A3 field of the destination address (DA) of the first radio frame.

在第一方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀;該第一STA發送該第一無線幀包括:該第一STA向該第二STA發送該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第一STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the first aspect to the twelfth aspect, the first radio frame is a TDLS data frame; sending the first radio frame by the first STA includes: sending the first radio frame to the first STA Two STAs send the first wireless frame, the first wireless frame also includes A1 field, A2 field and A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the responder, and the value of the A2 field The value is the address information of the first STA, and the value of the A3 field is the BSSID or the MAC address of the AP MLD.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS資料傳輸過程,即該第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀。其中,第一STA具體可以向第二STA發送該第一無線幀。該第一無線幀還包括用於指示該第一無線幀的RA的A1欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的TA的A2欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的DA的A3欄位。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as a TDLS data transmission process, that is, the first wireless frame is a TDLS data frame. Wherein, the first STA may specifically send the first radio frame to the second STA. The first radio frame also includes an A1 column for indicating the RA of the first radio frame, an A2 column for indicating the TA of the first radio frame, and an A3 column for indicating the DA of the first radio frame bit.

在第一方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀為TDLS建立回應幀;該第一STA接收該第二無線幀包括:該第一STA接收來自該第一STA關聯的第一AP的該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為該第一STA的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第一AP的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the first aspect to the twelfth aspect, the second radio frame is a TDLS setup response frame; receiving the second radio frame by the first STA includes: the first STA receiving the The second wireless frame of the first AP associated with the first STA, wherein the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the first STA The value of the address information of the first AP, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the first AP, and the value of the A3 field is the address information of the respondent.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS建立過程等,該第二無線幀具體為TDLS建立回應幀。其中,第一STA可以接收來自第一STA所關聯的第一AP發送的該第二無線幀。該第二無線幀還包括用於指示該第二無線幀的RA的A1欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的TA的A2欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的DA的A3欄位。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as TDLS establishment process, etc., and the second radio frame is specifically a TDLS establishment response frame. Wherein, the first STA may receive the second wireless frame sent from the first AP associated with the first STA. The second radio frame also includes an A1 column for indicating the RA of the second radio frame, an A2 column for indicating the TA of the second radio frame, and an A3 column for indicating the DA of the second radio frame bit.

在第一方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀包括TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀或TDLS資料幀的回應幀;該第一STA接收該第二無線幀包括:該第一STA接收來自該第二STA的該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the first aspect to the twelfth aspect, the second radio frame includes a TDLS discovery response frame, a response frame of a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, or a response frame of a TDLS data frame; the first The STA receiving the second wireless frame includes: the first STA receiving the second wireless frame from the second STA, where the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; where the A1 The value of the field is the address information of the initiator, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the second STA, and the value of the A3 field is the BSSID or the MAC address information of the AP MLD.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS發現過程、TDLS建立過程、TDLS資料傳輸過程等,該第二無線幀具體包括(或表述為承載)TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀或TDLS資料幀的回應幀。其中,第一STA可以接收來自第二STA發送的該第二無線幀。該第二無線幀還包括用於指示該第二無線幀的RA的A1欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的TA的A2欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的DA的A3欄位。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as TDLS discovery process, TDLS establishment process, TDLS data transmission process, etc. The second wireless frame specifically includes (or is expressed as a bearer) TDLS discovery response frame, The response frame of the TDLS establishment confirmation frame or the response frame of the TDLS data frame. Wherein, the first STA may receive the second radio frame sent by the second STA. The second radio frame also includes an A1 column for indicating the RA of the second radio frame, an A2 column for indicating the TA of the second radio frame, and an A3 column for indicating the DA of the second radio frame bit.

在第一方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀包括TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS建立請求幀或TDLS建立確認幀;該第二STA接收該第一無線幀包括:該第二STA接收來自該第二STA關聯的第二AP的該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為第二STA的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二AP的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the first aspect to the twelfth aspect, the first radio frame includes a TDLS discovery request frame, a TDLS establishment request frame, or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame; the second STA receives the first The wireless frame includes: the second STA receives the first wireless frame from the second AP associated with the second STA, and the first wireless frame also includes an A1 column, an A2 column, and an A3 column; wherein, the A1 column The value of the bit is the address information of the second STA, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the second AP, and the value of the A3 field is the address information of the initiator.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS發現過程、TDLS建立過程等,該第一無線幀具體包括(或表述為承載)TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS建立請求幀或TDLS建立確認幀。其中,第二STA可以接收來自第二STA所關聯的第二AP發送該第一無線幀。該第一無線幀還包括用於指示該第一無線幀的RA的A1欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的TA的A2欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的DA的A3欄位。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as TDLS discovery process, TDLS establishment process, etc., the first radio frame specifically includes (or expressed as bearer) TDLS discovery request frame, TDLS establishment request frame or TDLS builds an acknowledgment frame. Wherein, the second STA may receive the first wireless frame sent from the second AP associated with the second STA. The first radio frame also includes an A1 column for indicating the RA of the first radio frame, an A2 column for indicating the TA of the first radio frame, and an A3 column for indicating the DA of the first radio frame bit.

在第一方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀;該第二STA接收該第一無線幀包括:該第二STA接收來自該第一STA的該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為第二STA的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the first aspect to the twelfth aspect, the first wireless frame is a TDLS data frame; receiving the first wireless frame by the second STA includes: the second STA receiving the The first wireless frame of the first STA, the first wireless frame also includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the second STA, and the A2 field The value of the bit is the address information of the initiator, and the value of the A3 field is the BSSID or the MAC address information of the AP MLD.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS資料傳輸過程,即該第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀。其中,第二STA具體可以接收來自第一STA發送的該第一無線幀。該第一無線幀還包括用於指示該第一無線幀的RA的A1欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的TA的A2欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的DA的A3欄位。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as a TDLS data transmission process, that is, the first wireless frame is a TDLS data frame. Wherein, the second STA may specifically receive the first radio frame sent from the first STA. The first radio frame also includes an A1 column for indicating the RA of the first radio frame, an A2 column for indicating the TA of the first radio frame, and an A3 column for indicating the DA of the first radio frame bit.

在第一方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀為TDLS建立回應幀;該第二STA發送該第二無線幀包括:該第一STA向該第二STA關聯的第二AP發送該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為該第二AP的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the first aspect to the twelfth aspect, the second radio frame is a TDLS establishment response frame; sending the second radio frame by the second STA includes: sending the first STA to the The second AP associated with the second STA sends the second wireless frame, where the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the value of the second AP For address information, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the second STA, and the value of the A3 field is the address information of the initiator.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS建立過程等,該第二無線幀具體為TDLS建立回應幀。其中,第二STA具體可以向第二STA所關聯的第二AP發送的該第二無線幀。該第二無線幀還包括用於指示該第二無線幀的RA的A1欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的TA的A2欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的DA的A3欄位。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as TDLS establishment process, etc., and the second radio frame is specifically a TDLS establishment response frame. Wherein, the second STA may specifically send the second wireless frame to the second AP associated with the second STA. The second radio frame also includes an A1 column for indicating the RA of the second radio frame, an A2 column for indicating the TA of the second radio frame, and an A3 column for indicating the DA of the second radio frame bit.

在第一方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀包括TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀或TDLS資料幀的回應幀;該第二STA發送該第二無線幀包括:該第二STA向該第一STA發送該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the first aspect to the twelfth aspect, the second radio frame includes a TDLS discovery response frame, a response frame of a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, or a response frame of a TDLS data frame; the second The STA sending the second wireless frame includes: the second STA sending the second wireless frame to the first STA, where the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; where the A1 field The value of the bit is the address information of the initiator, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the second STA, and the value of the A3 field is the BSSID or the MAC address information of the AP MLD.

基於上述技術方案,該方案可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS發現過程、TDLS建立過程、TDLS資料傳輸過程等,該第二無線幀具體包括(或表述為承載)TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀或TDLS資料幀的回應幀。其中,第二STA具體可以向第二STA關聯的第二STA發送該第二無線幀。該第二無線幀還包括用於指示該第二無線幀的RA的A1欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的TA的A2欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的DA的A3欄位。Based on the above technical solution, this solution can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as TDLS discovery process, TDLS establishment process, TDLS data transmission process, etc. The second wireless frame specifically includes (or is expressed as a bearer) TDLS discovery response frame, The response frame of the TDLS establishment confirmation frame or the response frame of the TDLS data frame. Wherein, the second STA may specifically send the second radio frame to the second STA associated with the second STA. The second radio frame also includes an A1 column for indicating the RA of the second radio frame, an A2 column for indicating the TA of the second radio frame, and an A3 column for indicating the DA of the second radio frame bit.

在第一方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該回應者為該第二STA或該第二STA所在的第二MLD。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the first aspect to the twelfth aspect, the responder is the second STA or the second MLD where the second STA is located.

基於上述技術方案,在應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,第一無線幀(或第二無線幀)所包含的回應者的位址資訊所指示的回應者可以為該第二STA或該第二STA所在的第二MLD。換言之,TDLS通信鏈路中的回應者可以為該第二STA或該第二STA所在的第二MLD。Based on the above technical solution, in various transmission processes applied to TDLS, the responder indicated by the address information of the responder contained in the first radio frame (or the second radio frame) may be the second STA or the second The second MLD where the STA is located. In other words, the responder in the TDLS communication link may be the second STA or the second MLD where the second STA is located.

在第一方面至第十二方面的任一方面的一種可能的實現方式中,該發起者為該第一STA或該第一STA所在的第一MLD。In a possible implementation manner of any one of the first aspect to the twelfth aspect, the initiator is the first STA or the first MLD where the first STA is located.

基於上述技術方案,在應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,第一無線幀(或第二無線幀)所包含的發起者的位址資訊所指示的發起者可以為該第一STA或該第一STA所在的第一MLD。換言之,TDLS通信鏈路中的回應者可以為該第一STA或該第一STA所在的第一MLD。Based on the above technical solution, in various transmission processes applied to TDLS, the initiator indicated by the address information of the initiator contained in the first wireless frame (or the second wireless frame) may be the first STA or the first STA. The first MLD where STA is located. In other words, the responder in the TDLS communication link may be the first STA or the first MLD where the first STA is located.

本申請實施例第十三方面提供了一種通信裝置,包括至少一個處理器,該至少一個處理器與記憶體耦合;該記憶體用於存儲程式或指令;該至少一個處理器用於執行該程式或指令,以使該裝置實現前述第一方面或第一方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法,或者,以使該裝置實現前述第二方面或第二方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法,或者,以使該裝置實現前述第五方面或第五方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法,或者,以使該裝置實現前述第六方面或第六方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法,或者,以使該裝置實現前述第九方面或第九方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法,或者,以使該裝置實現前述第十方面或第十方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法。The thirteenth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled with a memory; the memory is used to store programs or instructions; the at least one processor is used to execute the program or Instructions, so that the device implements the method described in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or enables the device to implement the method described in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect method, or to enable the device to implement the method described in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, or to enable the device to implement the sixth aspect or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect The method described, or to enable the device to realize the aforementioned ninth aspect or any possible implementation of the ninth aspect The method described, or to enable the device to implement the aforementioned tenth aspect or any possible implementation of the tenth aspect The method described by the method.

本申請實施例第十四方面提供一種存儲一個或多個電腦執行指令的電腦可讀存儲介質,當電腦執行指令被處理器執行時,該處理器執行如上述第一方面或第一方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法,或者,該處理器執行如上述第二方面或第二方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法,或者,該處理器執行如上述第五方面或第五方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法,或者,該處理器執行如上述第六方面或第六方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法,或者,該處理器執行如上述第九方面或第九方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法,或者,該處理器執行如上述第十方面或第十方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法。The fourteenth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium storing one or more computer-executable instructions. When the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, the processor executes any one of the above-mentioned first aspect or first aspect. The method described in a possible implementation manner, or the processor executes the method described in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect above, or the processor executes the method described in the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect The method described in any possible implementation manner, or, the processor executes the method described in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, or, the processor executes the method described in the ninth aspect or the first aspect The method described in any one possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, or the processor executes the method described in the tenth aspect or any one possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect.

本申請實施例第十五方面提供一種存儲一個或多個電腦的電腦程式產品(或稱電腦程式),當電腦程式產品被該處理器執行時,該處理器執行如上述第一方面或第一方面任意一種可能實現方式所描述的方法,或者,該處理器執行如上述第二方面或第二方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法,或者,該處理器執行如上述第五方面或第五方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法,或者,該處理器執行如上述第六方面或第六方面任意一種可能實現方式的所描述的方法,或者,該處理器執行如上述第九方面或第九方面任意一種可能的實現方式所描述的方法,或者,該處理器執行如上述第十方面或第十方面任意一種可能實現方式的所描述的方法。The fifteenth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product (or computer program) storing one or more computers. When the computer program product is executed by the processor, the processor executes the above-mentioned first aspect or the first The method described in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, or, the processor executes the method described in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, or, the processor executes the method described in the fifth aspect or the first aspect The method described in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, or, the processor executes the method described in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, or, the processor executes the method described in the ninth aspect above Or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, or, the processor executes the method described in the tenth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect.

本申請實施例第十六方面提供了一種晶片系統,該晶片系統包括至少一個處理器,用於支援通信裝置實現上述第一方面或第一方面任意一種可能的實現方式中所涉及的功能;或者,用於支援通信裝置實現上述第二方面或第二方面任意一種可能的實現方式中所涉及的功能;或者,用於支援通信裝置實現上述第五方面或第五方面任意一種可能的實現方式中所涉及的功能;或者,用於支援通信裝置實現上述第六方面或第六方面任意一種可能的實現方式中所涉及的功能;或者,用於支援通信裝置實現上述第九方面或第九方面任意一種可能的實現方式中所涉及的功能;或者,用於支援通信裝置實現上述第十方面或第十方面任意一種可能的實現方式中所涉及的功能。The sixteenth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, the chip system includes at least one processor, configured to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect; or , used to assist the communication device in realizing the functions involved in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect; or, used to assist the communication device in realizing the above-mentioned fifth aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect The functions involved; or, used to support the communication device to realize the functions involved in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation of the sixth aspect; or, used to support the communication device to realize the ninth aspect or any of the ninth aspects A function involved in a possible implementation manner; or, a function used to support the communication device in implementing the above tenth aspect or any one possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect.

在一種可能的設計中,該晶片系統還可以包括記憶體,用於保存該通信裝置必要的程式指令和資料。該晶片系統,可以由晶片構成,也可以包含晶片和其他分立器件。可選的,該晶片系統還包括介面電路,該介面電路為該至少一個處理器提供程式指令和/或資料。In a possible design, the chip system may also include a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the communication device. The wafer system may consist of wafers, or may include wafers and other discrete devices. Optionally, the chip system further includes an interface circuit, and the interface circuit provides program instructions and/or data for the at least one processor.

本申請實施例第十一方面提供了一種通信系統,該通信系統包括上述第三方面的通信裝置和第四方面的通信裝置,和/或,該通信系統包括上述第七方面的通信裝置和第八方面的通信裝置,和/或,該通信系統包括上述第十一方面的通信裝置和第十二方面的通信裝置。The eleventh aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The communication system includes the communication device of the third aspect and the communication device of the fourth aspect, and/or, the communication system includes the communication device of the seventh aspect and the communication device of the fourth aspect. The communication device of the eighth aspect, and/or, the communication system includes the communication device of the eleventh aspect and the communication device of the twelfth aspect.

其中,第十三方面至第十六方面中任一種設計方式所帶來的技術效果可參見上述第一方面至第十二方面中不同實現方式所帶來的技術效果,在此不再贅述。Wherein, the technical effects brought about by any one of the design methods in the thirteenth aspect to the sixteenth aspect can refer to the technical effects brought about by the different implementation methods in the above-mentioned first aspect to the twelfth aspect, and will not be repeated here.

從以上技術方案可以看出,對於第一無線幀的發送方而言,基於該第一欄位可以實現在該多鏈路元素中靈活地設置多鏈路元素中是否包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊,並且使得第一欄位的不同指示適用於不同的通信場景。相應的,對於第一無線幀的接收方而言,基於該第一欄位靈活地選擇是否在多鏈路元素中接收該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,並且在第一欄位指示多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,可以準確地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。It can be seen from the above technical solutions that, for the sender of the first wireless frame, based on the first column, it can be flexibly set whether the multi-link element includes the MAC bit of the first STA in the multi-link element address information, and make different indications in the first column applicable to different communication scenarios. Correspondingly, for the receiver of the first wireless frame, based on the first field, it is possible to flexibly select whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element, and indicate the multi-link element in the first field When the path element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the MAC address information of the first STA can be accurately obtained.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方可以基於該多鏈路元素的第一欄位(或多鏈路元素,或鏈路標識資訊元素,或不同于多鏈路元素且不同于鏈路標識資訊元素的其他資訊元素)確定第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。此外,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, the receiver of the first radio frame may base on the first field of the multi-link element (or the multi-link element, or the link identification information element, or different from the multi-link element and different other information elements of the link identification information element) to determine the MAC address information of the first STA, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively obtain the MAC address information of the first STA. In addition, after the receiver of the first wireless frame knows the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame can also communicate with the first STA based on TDLS based on the MAC address information of the first STA , to improve communication efficiency.

本申請中,除特殊說明外,各個實施例之間相同或相似的部分可以互相參考。在本申請中各個實施例、以及各實施例中的各個實施方式/實施方法/實現方法中,如果沒有特殊說明以及邏輯衝突,不同的實施例之間、以及各實施例中的各個實施方式/實施方法/實現方法之間的術語和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的實施例、以及各實施例中的各個實施方式/實施方法/實現方法中的技術特徵根據其內在的邏輯關係可以組合形成新的實施例、實施方式、實施方法、或實現方法。以下該的本申請實施方式並不構成對本申請保護範圍的限定。In this application, unless otherwise specified, the parts that are the same or similar among the various embodiments can be referred to each other. In the various embodiments in this application, and the various implementation methods/implementation methods/implementation methods in each embodiment, if there is no special description and logical conflict, different embodiments, and each implementation method/implementation method in each embodiment The terms and/or descriptions between implementation methods/implementation methods are consistent and can be referred to each other. Different embodiments, and the technical features in each implementation manner/implementation method/implementation method in each embodiment are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments, implementation modes, implementation methods, or implementation methods. The following embodiments of the present application are not intended to limit the protection scope of the present application.

可以理解,本申請實施例中的一些可選的特徵,在某些場景下,可以不依賴於其他特徵,比如其當前所基於的方案,而獨立實施,解決相應的技術問題,達到相應的效果,也可以在某些場景下,依據需求與其他特徵進行結合。相應的,本申請實施例中給出的裝置也可以相應的實現這些特徵或功能,在此不予贅述。It can be understood that some optional features in the embodiments of the present application, in some scenarios, can be independently implemented without relying on other features, such as the current solution on which they are based, to solve corresponding technical problems and achieve corresponding effects , and can also be combined with other features according to requirements in some scenarios. Correspondingly, the devices provided in the embodiments of the present application can also correspondingly implement these features or functions, which will not be repeated here.

在本申請的描述中,除非另有說明,"多個"是指兩個或多於兩個。"以下至少一項(個)"或其類似表達,是指的這些項中的任意組合,包括單項(個)或複數項(個)的任意組合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一項(個),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是單個,也可以是多個。In the description of the present application, unless otherwise stated, "plurality" means two or more than two. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .

另外,為了便於清楚描述本申請實施例的技術方案,在本申請的實施例中,採用了"第一"、"第二"等字樣對功能和作用基本相同的相同項或相似項進行區分。本領域技術人員可以理解"第一"、"第二"等字樣並不對數量和執行次序進行限定,並且"第一"、"第二"等字樣也並不限定一定不同。同時,在本申請實施例中,"示例性的"或者"例如"等詞用於表示作例子、例證或說明。本申請實施例中被描述為"示例性的"或者"例如"的任何實施例或設計方案不應被解釋為比其它實施例或設計方案更優選或更具優勢。確切而言,使用"示例性的"或者"例如"等詞旨在以具體方式呈現相關概念,便於理解。In addition, in order to clearly describe the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" are used to distinguish the same or similar items with basically the same function and effect. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the number and execution order, and words such as "first" and "second" do not necessarily limit the difference. Meanwhile, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design solution described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. Rather, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present relevant concepts in a concrete manner for easy understanding.

為便於理解本申請實施例提供的方法,下面將對本申請實施例提供的方法的系統架構進行說明。可理解的,本申請實施例描述的系統架構是為了更加清楚的說明本申請實施例的技術方案,並不構成對於本申請實施例提供的技術方案的限定。In order to facilitate understanding of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the system architecture of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described below. It can be understood that the system architecture described in the embodiments of the present application is for more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.

本申請提供的技術方案可以適用於WLAN場景,例如可以適用於IEEE 802.11系統標準,例如802.11a/b/g標準、802.11n標準、802.11ac標準、802.11ax標準,或其下一代,例如802.11be標準或更下一代的標準中。The technical solution provided by this application can be applied to WLAN scenarios, for example, it can be applied to IEEE 802.11 system standards, such as 802.11a/b/g standard, 802.11n standard, 802.11ac standard, 802.11ax standard, or its next generation, such as 802.11be Standard or next-generation standard.

雖然本申請實施例主要以部署WLAN網路,尤其是應用IEEE 802.11系統標準的網路為例進行說明,本領域技術人員容易理解,本申請涉及的各個方面可以擴展到採用各種標準或協定的其它網路,例如, BLUETOOTH(藍牙), 高性能無線LAN (high performance radio LAN,HIPERLAN)  (一種與IEEE 802.1 1標準類似的無線標準,主要在歐洲使用)以及廣域網路(WAN)、個人區域網(personal area network, PAN)或其它現在已知或以後發展起來的網路。因此,無論使用的覆蓋範圍和無線接入協議如何,本申請提供的各種方面可以適用於任何合適的無線網路。Although the embodiment of the present application mainly takes the deployment of a WLAN network, especially a network using the IEEE 802.11 system standard as an example for illustration, those skilled in the art can easily understand that various aspects involved in this application can be extended to other systems using various standards or agreements. Networks such as BLUETOOTH, high performance radio LAN (HIPERLAN) (a wireless standard similar to the IEEE 802.1 1 standard, used mainly in Europe), and wide area networks (WANs), personal area networks ( personal area network, PAN) or other networks now known or later developed. Thus, the various aspects presented herein can be applied to any suitable wireless network, regardless of the coverage area and wireless access protocol used.

上述適用本申請的通信系統僅是舉例說明,適用本申請的通信系統不限於此,在此統一說明,以下不再贅述。The above-mentioned communication systems applicable to the present application are only examples, and the communication systems applicable to the present application are not limited thereto, and will be described in a unified manner here, and will not be described in detail below.

本申請實施例所提供的通信方法及裝置可以應用於無線通訊系統,該無線通訊系統可以為無線局域網(wireless local area network,WLAN),該方法可以由無線通訊系統中的通信設備或通信設備中的晶片或處理器實現,該通信設備可以是一種支援多條鏈路並行進行傳輸的無線通訊設備,例如,稱為多鏈路設備(multi-link device,MLD)或多頻段設備(multi-band device)。相比于僅支援單條鏈路傳輸的設備來說,多鏈路設備具有更高的傳輸效率和更高的輸送量。The communication method and device provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a wireless communication system, and the wireless communication system can be a wireless local area network (wireless local area network, WLAN). The method can be implemented by a communication device or a communication device in the wireless communication system. Chip or processor implementation, the communication device can be a wireless communication device that supports multiple links for parallel transmission, for example, called a multi-link device (multi-link device, MLD) or a multi-band device (multi-band device). Compared with devices that only support single-link transmission, multi-link devices have higher transmission efficiency and higher throughput.

請參閱圖1,為本申請實施例提供的通信系統的一個示意圖。需要說明的是,圖1所示通信系統中,以本申請所涉及的通信裝置(應用於通道直接鏈路建立的傳輸裝置)為多鏈路設備為例進行說明;而在某些實施例中,本申請所涉及的通信裝置(無線幀發送裝置或無線幀接收裝置)還可以為單鏈路設備,圖1所示僅僅為一個示例,不應理解為對本申請的限制。Please refer to FIG. 1 , which is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that, in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 , the communication device involved in this application (transmission device applied to channel direct link establishment) is used as an example for illustration; and in some embodiments , the communication device (wireless frame sending device or wireless frame receiving device) involved in the present application may also be a single-link device, and what is shown in FIG. 1 is only an example and should not be construed as a limitation to the present application.

如圖1所示,該通信系統主要包括至少一個多鏈路接入點設備(Multi-link AP device)以及至少一個多鏈路非接入點站點設備(Multi-link non-AP STA device)(簡稱為多鏈路站點設備),其中,多鏈路接入點設備和多鏈路站點設備可以統稱為多鏈路設備。下面將對多鏈路設備進行介紹。As shown in Figure 1, the communication system mainly includes at least one multi-link AP device (Multi-link AP device) and at least one multi-link non-AP STA device (Multi-link non-AP STA device) (referred to as a multi-link site device), where the multi-link access point device and the multi-link site device may be collectively referred to as a multi-link device. The multi-link device will be introduced below.

一般的,多鏈路設備包括一個或多個隸屬的站點(affiliated station,記為affiliated STA),隸屬的STA是一個邏輯上的站點,可以工作在一條鏈路上。其中,隸屬的站點可以為接入點(access point,AP)或非接入點站點(non-access point station, non-AP STA)。為描述方便,本申請將隸屬的站點為AP的多鏈路設備可以稱為多鏈路AP或多鏈路AP設備(multi-link AP device)或AP多鏈路設備(AP multi-link device,AP MLD),隸屬的站點為non-AP STA的多鏈路設備(multi-link non-AP STA device,non-AP MLD)可以稱為多鏈路STA或多鏈路STA設備或STA多鏈路設備(STA multi-link device)。為描述方便,“多鏈路設備包括隸屬STA”在本申請實施例中也簡要描述為“多鏈路設備包括STA”。Generally, a multi-link device includes one or more affiliated stations (affiliated stations, denoted as affiliated STAs), and an affiliated STA is a logical station that can work on one link. Wherein, the affiliated station may be an access point (access point, AP) or a non-access point station (non-access point station, non-AP STA). For the convenience of description, in this application, the multi-link device whose affiliated station is an AP can be called a multi-link AP or a multi-link AP device (multi-link AP device) or an AP multi-link device (AP multi-link device). , AP MLD), and a multi-link device (multi-link non-AP STA device, non-AP MLD) whose affiliated station is a non-AP STA can be called a multi-link STA or a multi-link STA device or a multi-link STA device. Link device (STA multi-link device). For the convenience of description, "the multi-link device includes the subordinate STA" is also briefly described as "the multi-link device includes the STA" in the embodiment of the present application.

值得注意的是,多鏈路設備包括多個邏輯站點,每個邏輯站點工作在一條鏈路上,但允許多個邏輯站點工作在同一條鏈路上。下文的提到的鏈路標識表徵的是工作在一條鏈路上的一個站點,也就是說,如果一條鏈路上有多於1個站點,則需要多於1個鏈路標識表徵他們。下文的提到的鏈路有時也表示工作在該條鏈路上的站點。It should be noted that a multi-link device includes multiple logical sites, and each logical site works on one link, but allows multiple logical sites to work on the same link. The link identifier mentioned below represents a station working on a link, that is, if there is more than one station on a link, more than one link identifier is required to represent them. The link mentioned below sometimes also means the station working on the link.

需要說明的是,圖1所示的場景中,多鏈路設備所包含的處理器(或稱處理模組、處理單元等,此處僅以處理器作為示例進行說明)可以存在多種實現方式,以實現資訊處理以及交互,下面以包含有多個STA的多鏈路站點設備為例進行說明。It should be noted that, in the scenario shown in Figure 1, the processor (or processing module, processing unit, etc.) included in the multi-link device may be implemented in multiple ways. In order to realize information processing and interaction, the following takes a multi-link site device including multiple STAs as an example for illustration.

一種可能的實現中,多鏈路站點設備中的每個STA具備獨立的處理器。In a possible implementation, each STA in the multi-link site device has an independent processor.

可選的,多鏈路站點設備中的多個STA之間,可以通過各自具備的獨立的處理器進行通信以實現資訊交互。Optionally, multiple STAs in the multi-link site device may communicate through their own independent processors to realize information exchange.

另一種可能的實現中,多鏈路站點設備中的每個STA具備獨立的處理器之外,還存在一個(或多個)公共的(或稱共用的)處理器。In another possible implementation, each STA in the multi-link site device has an independent processor, and there is one (or more) public (or shared) processors.

可選的,多鏈路站點設備中的多個STA之間,可以通過各自具備的獨立的處理器進行通信以實現資訊交互;和/或,多鏈路站點設備中的多個STA之間,可以通過各自具備的獨立的處理器與該公共的(或稱共用的)處理器進行通信,以實現資訊交互。Optionally, multiple STAs in the multi-link site device can communicate with each other through their own independent processors to realize information interaction; and/or, between multiple STAs in the multi-link site device Between them, they can communicate with the common (or shared) processor through their respective independent processors to realize information interaction.

另一種可能的實現中,多鏈路站點設備中具備一個(或多個)公共的(或稱共用的)處理器。In another possible implementation, the multi-link site equipment has one (or more) public (or shared) processors.

可選的,多鏈路站點設備中的多個STA之間,可以通過與該公共的(或稱共用的)處理器進行通信,以實現資訊交互。Optionally, multiple STAs in the multi-link site device may communicate with the common (or shared) processor to implement information interaction.

多鏈路AP設備與多鏈路STA在資料傳輸時,可以採用鏈路標識來標識一條鏈路或一條鏈路上的站點。在通信之前,多鏈路AP設備與多鏈路STA設備可以先協商或溝通鏈路標識與一條鏈路或一條鏈路上的站點的對應關係。因此在資料傳輸中,不需要傳輸大量的信令資訊用來指示鏈路或鏈路上的站點,攜帶鏈路標識即可,降低了信令開銷,提升了傳輸效率。During data transmission between a multi-link AP device and a multi-link STA, a link identifier can be used to identify a link or a station on a link. Before communication, the multi-link AP device and the multi-link STA device may first negotiate or communicate the correspondence between the link identifier and a link or a station on a link. Therefore, in data transmission, there is no need to transmit a large amount of signaling information to indicate the link or the site on the link, just carry the link identifier, which reduces signaling overhead and improves transmission efficiency.

一個示例中,多鏈路AP設備在建立BSS時,發送的管理幀,比如信標(beacon)幀,會攜帶一個包括多個鏈路標識資訊欄位的元素,每個鏈路標識資訊欄位可以建議一個鏈路標識與工作在一個鏈路上的站點的對應關係。每個鏈路標識資訊欄位包括鏈路標識,還包括:介質接入控制(medium access control, MAC)位址,操作集,通道號中的一個或多個,其中MAC 位址,操作集,通道號中的一個或多個可以指示一條鏈路;另一個示例中,在多鏈路建立關聯過程中,多鏈路AP設備和多鏈路站點設備協商多個鏈路標識資訊欄位。在後續的通信中,多鏈路AP設備或者多鏈路站點設備會通過使用鏈路標識來表徵多鏈路設備中的一個站點,鏈路標識還可以表徵該站點的MAC位址,工作的操作集,通道號中的一個或多個屬性。其中MAC位址,也可以換成關聯後多鏈路AP設備的關聯標識。In an example, when a multi-link AP device establishes a BSS, the management frame sent, such as a beacon (beacon) frame, will carry an element including multiple link identification information fields, and each link identification information field A corresponding relationship between a link identifier and a station working on a link may be suggested. Each link identification information field includes a link identification, and also includes: one or more of medium access control (medium access control, MAC) address, operation set, channel number, wherein MAC address, operation set, One or more of the channel numbers may indicate a link; in another example, during the multi-link establishment association process, the multi-link AP device and the multi-link station device negotiate a plurality of link identification information fields. In the subsequent communication, the multi-link AP device or the multi-link station device will use the link identifier to represent a station in the multi-link device, and the link identifier can also represent the MAC address of the station. The set of operations for the job, one or more attributes in the channel number. Wherein, the MAC address can also be replaced with the association identifier of the associated multi-link AP device.

如果是多個站點工作在一條鏈路上,那麼鏈路標識(是一個數位的ID),表徵的意義除了包括鏈路所在的操作集,通道號,還包括工作在該鏈路上的站點標識,比如站點的MAC位址或者(association identifier,AID)。If multiple sites are working on a link, then the link ID (a digital ID), the meaning of representation includes not only the operation set and channel number where the link is located, but also the ID of the site working on the link , such as the MAC address of the site or (association identifier, AID).

多鏈路設備可以遵循802.11系列協定實現無線通訊,例如,遵循極高吞吐率(extremely high throughput,EHT)站點,或遵循基於802.11be或相容支持802.11be的站點,實現與其他設備的通信,當然其他設備可以是多鏈路設備,也可以不是多鏈路設備。Multi-link devices can follow the 802.11 series of protocols to achieve wireless communication, for example, comply with extremely high throughput (EHT) sites, or follow 802.11be-based or compatible 802.11be-supported sites to achieve communication with other devices Communication, of course, other devices may or may not be multi-link devices.

本申請涉及的non-AP MLD可以為無線通訊晶片、無線感測器或無線通訊終端。例如支援Wi-Fi通訊功能的使用者終端、使用者裝置,接入裝置,訂戶站,訂戶單元,移動站,使用者代理,使用者裝備,其中,使用者終端可以包括各種具有無線通訊功能的手持設備、車載設備、可穿戴設備、物聯網(internet of things,IoT)設備、計算設備或連接到無線數據機的其它處理設備,以及各種形式的使用者設備(user equipment,UE),移動台(mobile station,MS),終端(terminal),終端設備(terminal equipment),可擕式通信設備,手持機,可擕式計算設備,娛樂設備,遊戲裝置或系統,全球定位系統設備或被配置為經由無線介質進行網路通信的任何其他合適的設備等。此外,non-AP MLD可以支援802.11be制式或者802.11be的下一代WLAN制式。non-AP MLD也可以支援802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a等多種WLAN制式。The non-AP MLD involved in this application may be a wireless communication chip, a wireless sensor or a wireless communication terminal. For example, user terminals, user devices, access devices, subscriber stations, subscriber units, mobile stations, user agents, and user equipment that support Wi-Fi communication functions, wherein the user terminals may include various wireless communication functions. Handheld devices, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, Internet of things (IoT) devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, and various forms of user equipment (UE), mobile stations (mobile station, MS), terminal (terminal), terminal equipment (terminal equipment), portable communication equipment, handheld, portable computing equipment, entertainment equipment, game devices or systems, GPS equipment or configured as Any other suitable device or the like that communicates over a network via a wireless medium. In addition, the non-AP MLD can support the 802.11be standard or the next-generation WLAN standard of 802.11be. The non-AP MLD can also support multiple WLAN standards such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a.

本申請實施例涉及的AP MLD可以為一種部署在無線通訊網路中為其關聯的non-AP提供無線通訊功能的裝置,主要部署於家庭、大樓內部以及園區內部,典型覆蓋半徑為幾十米至上百米,當然,也可以部署於戶外。AP MLD相當於一個連接有線網和無線網的橋樑,主要作用是將各個無線網路用戶端端連接到一起,然後將無線網路接入乙太網。具體的,AP MLD可以是帶有Wi-Fi晶片的基站、路由器、閘道、中繼器,通信伺服器,交換機或橋接器等通信設備,其中,該基站可以包括各種形式的宏基站,微基站,中繼站等。此外,AP MLD可以支援802.11be制式或者802.11be的下一代WLAN制式。AP MLD也可以支援802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a等WLAN制式。The AP MLD involved in the embodiment of this application can be a device that is deployed in a wireless communication network to provide wireless communication functions for its associated non-APs. It is mainly deployed in homes, buildings, and campuses, with a typical coverage radius of tens of meters or more. 100 meters, of course, can also be deployed outdoors. The AP MLD is equivalent to a bridge connecting the wired network and the wireless network. Its main function is to connect various wireless network client terminals together, and then connect the wireless network to the Ethernet. Specifically, the AP MLD can be a base station with a Wi-Fi chip, a router, a gateway, a repeater, a communication server, a switch or a bridge and other communication equipment, wherein the base station can include various forms of macro base stations, micro base station, relay station, etc. In addition, the AP MLD can support the 802.11be standard or the next-generation WLAN standard of 802.11be. AP MLD can also support WLAN standards such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a.

上述內容簡要闡述了本申請實施例的系統架構,為更好地理解本申請實施例的技術方案,下面將介紹與本申請實施例相關的幾個內容。The above content briefly describes the system architecture of the embodiment of the present application. In order to better understand the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, several contents related to the embodiment of the present application will be introduced below.

一. 通道直接鏈路建立(tunneled direct link setup,TDLS)1. Tunneled direct link setup (Tunneled direct link setup, TDLS)

在WLAN通信網路中,與同一個接入點(access point,AP)關聯的站點(station,STA)的數量可以為多個,多個STA可以記為STAs。如果該STAs處於無線通訊可達範圍內,則該STAs可以基於TDLS建立直連鏈路,從而進行點對點通信,提高傳輸速率,減少時延。通過TDLS發現過程與TDLS建立過程,兩個站點可以建立起直連鏈路,從而進行點對點通信。當不再需要直連鏈路時,STAs可以通過TDLS拆卸(teardown)過程來斷開直連鏈路。In a WLAN communication network, there may be multiple stations (stations, STAs) associated with the same access point (access point, AP), and multiple STAs may be recorded as STAs. If the STAs are within the reachable range of wireless communication, the STAs can establish a direct link based on TDLS, so as to perform point-to-point communication, increase transmission rate, and reduce delay. Through the TDLS discovery process and the TDLS establishment process, two sites can establish a direct link for point-to-point communication. When the direct link is no longer needed, STAs can disconnect the direct link through the TDLS teardown process.

1.TDLS的發現(discovery)過程。其中,在TDLS的發現過程中,TDLS發起者(TDLS initiator,簡稱發起者)需要通過TDLS發現過程來獲得TDLS回應者(TDLS responder,簡稱回應者)的資訊。具體包括:1. TDLS discovery (discovery) process. Wherein, in the TDLS discovery process, a TDLS initiator (TDLS initiator, referred to as the initiator) needs to obtain information of a TDLS responder (TDLS responder, referred to as the responder) through the TDLS discovery process. Specifically include:

步驟1:發起者發送通道直接鏈路建立發現請求(TDLS discovery request)幀,該TDLS discovery request幀中攜帶發起者的相關資訊,以及鏈路標識資訊元素(Link Identifier element),該Link Identifier element用來攜帶直連鏈路的相關資訊,包括發起者的位址,回應者的位址以及BSSID。其中,該BSSID為發起者和回應者所在的BSS的識別字,換言之,發起者和回應者必須在同一個BSS之內。Step 1: The initiator sends a channel direct link establishment discovery request (TDLS discovery request) frame. The TDLS discovery request frame carries information about the initiator and a link identifier element (Link Identifier element). The Link Identifier element uses to carry information about the direct link, including the address of the initiator, the address of the responder, and the BSSID. Wherein, the BSSID is the identifier of the BSS where the initiator and the responder are located. In other words, the initiator and the responder must be in the same BSS.

可選的,Link Identifier element的框架格式的一個實現示例如圖2a所示。在圖2a中,Link Identifier element包括:Optionally, an implementation example of the frame format of the Link Identifier element is shown in Figure 2a. In Figure 2a, the Link Identifier element includes:

元素標識(Element ID)欄位,所占位元組數為1;長度(Length)欄位,所占位元組數為1;基本服務集標識(BSSID)欄位,所占位元組數為6;TDLS發起者的站點位址(TDLS initiator STA Address)欄位,所占位元組數為6;TDLS回應者的站點位址(TDLS response STA Address)欄位,所占位元組數為6。Element ID (Element ID) field, the number of bytes occupied is 1; Length (Length) field, the number of bytes occupied is 1; basic service set identifier (BSSID) field, the number of bytes occupied is 6; the TDLS initiator STA Address field occupies 6 bytes; the TDLS responder's station address (TDLS response STA Address) field occupies 6 bytes The number of groups is 6.

可選的,發起者可以通過AP向回應者發送該TDLS discovery request幀。例如,發起者發送TDLS discovery request幀的過程中,包括發起者向AP發送第一幀,該第一幀包括該TDLS discovery request幀;還包括AP向回應者發送第二幀,該第二幀包括該TDLS discovery request幀。Optionally, the initiator may send the TDLS discovery request frame to the responder through the AP. For example, when the initiator sends the TDLS discovery request frame, the initiator sends the first frame to the AP, and the first frame includes the TDLS discovery request frame; and the AP sends the second frame to the responder, and the second frame includes The TDLS discovery request frame.

示例性的,發起者向AP發送的承載TDLS發現請求幀的資料幀的幀結構如圖2b所示。包括如下資訊:Exemplarily, the frame structure of the data frame carrying the TDLS discovery request frame sent by the initiator to the AP is shown in Figure 2b. Include the following information:

幀控制(Frame Control)、時長(Duration)、位址1(Address 1)、位址2(Address 2)、位址3(Address 3)、序列控制(Sequence Control)、位址4(Address 4)、服務品質控制(quality of service control,QoS Control)、高吞吐率控制(high throughput control,HT Control)、幀體(Frame Body)、幀校驗序列(frame check sequence ,FCS)。Frame Control, Duration, Address 1, Address 2, Address 3, Sequence Control, Address 4 ), quality of service control (QoS Control), high throughput control (high throughput control, HT Control), frame body (Frame Body), frame check sequence (frame check sequence, FCS).

可選的,在圖2b所示示例中,位於“幀體(Frame Body)”之前的其他資訊(例如“幀控制(Frame Control)、時長(Duration)、位址1(Address 1)、位址2(Address 2)、位址3(Address 3)、序列控制(Sequence Control)、位址4(Address 4)、服務品質控制(quality of service control,QoS Control)、高吞吐率控制(high throughput control,HT Control)”中的至少一項),可以稱為MAC Header(欄位)。Optionally, in the example shown in Figure 2b, other information before the "Frame Body (Frame Body)" (such as "Frame Control (Frame Control), Duration (Duration), Address 1 (Address 1), Address 2 (Address 2), Address 3 (Address 3), Sequence Control (Sequence Control), Address 4 (Address 4), Quality of Service Control (QoS Control), High Throughput Rate Control (high throughput control, HT Control)", can be called MAC Header (field).

其中,Address 1表示接收者的位址(RA, receiver address);Address 2表示發送者的位址(TA, transmitter address);Address 3取決於Frame Control中的To DS和From DS欄位的取值。Among them, Address 1 represents the address of the receiver (RA, receiver address); Address 2 represents the address of the sender (TA, transmitter address); Address 3 depends on the value of the To DS and From DS fields in Frame Control .

當資料幀(發送方為STA,接收方為AP時)為上行資料幀時,Address 3欄位表示目的位址(destination address,DA)。When the data frame (when the sender is the STA and the receiver is the AP) is an uplink data frame, the Address 3 field indicates the destination address (DA).

當資料幀(發送方為AP,接收方為STA時)為下行資料幀時,Address 3欄位表示源位址(source address,SA)。When the data frame (when the sender is the AP and the receiver is the STA) is a downlink data frame, the Address 3 field indicates the source address (source address, SA).

在TDLS發現過程之前,發起者可以通過ARP協定或代理ARP協定獲得回應者的MAC位址,從而將所述第一幀的目的位址欄位(DA)設置為回應者的MAC位址。AP收到該第一幀之後,會將該資料幀進行轉發。即,生成另一個資料幀,併發送給第二STA。Before the TDLS discovery process, the initiator can obtain the MAC address of the responder through ARP protocol or proxy ARP protocol, so as to set the destination address field (DA) of the first frame as the MAC address of the responder. After receiving the first frame, the AP will forward the data frame. That is, another data frame is generated and sent to the second STA.

可選的,在上述TDLS發現請求幀中,“幀體(Frame Body)”中所攜帶鏈路標識資訊元素的幀結構可參考上述圖2a所示實現過程。Optionally, in the above-mentioned TDLS discovery request frame, the frame structure of the link identification information element carried in the "frame body (Frame Body)" can refer to the above-mentioned implementation process shown in FIG. 2a.

需要說明的是,圖2b所示框架格式還可以應用於除了TDLS之外的其他通信場景,例如關聯請求幀(或關聯回應幀)的收發場景,重關聯請求幀(或重關聯回應幀)的收發場景,或者是其他的場景,此處不做限定。It should be noted that the framework format shown in Figure 2b can also be applied to other communication scenarios besides TDLS, such as the sending and receiving scenarios of association request frames (or association response frames), the reassociation request frame (or reassociation response frame) Sending and receiving scenarios, or other scenarios, are not limited here.

步驟2:回應者向發起者發送通道直接鏈路建立發現回應(TDLS discovery response)幀,該TDLS discovery response幀中攜帶回應者的相關資訊,同時也包括Link Identifier element,該Link Identifier element中的內容與TDLS discovery request幀中的Link Identifier element的內容相同。應注意,若響應者收到的TDLS discovery request中的Link Identifier element中的BSSID的值與其關聯的BSS的BSSID的值不同,則不回復TDLS discovery response幀。Step 2: The responder sends a channel direct link establishment discovery response (TDLS discovery response) frame to the initiator. The TDLS discovery response frame carries the relevant information of the responder, and also includes the Link Identifier element, the contents of the Link Identifier element It is the same as the Link Identifier element in the TDLS discovery request frame. It should be noted that if the value of the BSSID in the Link Identifier element in the TDLS discovery request received by the responder is different from the value of the BSSID of the associated BSS, the TDLS discovery response frame will not be replied.

2.TDLS建立(setup)過程。發起者需要通過TDLS建立過程來建立與回應者之間的直連鏈路,具體包括:2. TDLS establishment (setup) process. The initiator needs to establish a direct link with the responder through the TDLS establishment process, including:

步驟1:發起者發送通道直接鏈路建立請求(TDLS setup request)幀,該TDLS setup request幀中包括發起者的相關資訊,以及與秘鑰生成相關的資訊,記為通道直接鏈路建立對等秘鑰握手消息1(TPK Handshake Message 1)。Step 1: The initiator sends a channel direct link establishment request (TDLS setup request) frame. The TDLS setup request frame includes information about the initiator and information related to key generation, which is recorded as the channel direct link establishment peer-to-peer key Handshake message 1 (TPK Handshake Message 1).

可選的,發起者發送TDLS setup request幀的過程,可以包括發起者向AP發送第三幀,該第三幀包括該TDLS setup request幀;還可以包括AP向回應者發送第四幀,該第四幀包括該TDLS setup request幀。Optionally, the process of the initiator sending the TDLS setup request frame may include the initiator sending the third frame to the AP, the third frame including the TDLS setup request frame; it may also include the AP sending the fourth frame to the responder, the first Four frames include the TDLS setup request frame.

步驟2:回應幀發送通道直接鏈路建立回應(TDLS setup response)幀,該TDLS setup response幀中包括回應幀的相關資訊,以及與秘鑰生成的相關資訊,記為通道直接鏈路建立對等秘鑰握手消息2(TPK Handshake Message 2)。Step 2: Response frame sends channel direct link establishment response (TDLS setup response) frame, the TDLS setup response frame includes relevant information of the response frame, and related information related to key generation, which is recorded as channel direct link establishment peer-to-peer key Handshake message 2 (TPK Handshake Message 2).

可選的,回應者發送TDLS setup response幀的過程,可以包括回應者向AP發送第五幀,該第五幀包括該TDLS setup response幀;還可以包括AP向回應者發送第六幀,該第六幀包括該TDLS setup response幀。Optionally, the process of the responder sending the TDLS setup response frame may include that the responder sends a fifth frame to the AP, and the fifth frame includes the TDLS setup response frame; it may also include that the AP sends a sixth frame to the responder, and the fifth frame includes the TDLS setup response frame; Six frames include the TDLS setup response frame.

步驟3:發起者發送TDLS建立確認(TDLS setup confirm)幀,該TDLS setup confirm幀中包括發起者的相關資訊,以及與秘鑰生成相關的資訊,通道直接鏈路建立對等秘鑰握手消息3(TPK Handshake Message 3)。Step 3: The initiator sends a TDLS setup confirmation (TDLS setup confirm) frame. The TDLS setup confirm frame includes information about the initiator and information related to key generation. The peer-to-peer key handshake message 3 (TPK Handshake Message 3).

可選的,發起者發送TDLS setup confirm幀的過程,可以包括發起者向AP發送第七幀,該第七幀包括該TDLS setup confirm幀;還可以包括AP向回應者發送第八幀,該第八幀包括該TDLS setup confirm幀。Optionally, the process of the initiator sending the TDLS setup confirm frame may include that the initiator sends the seventh frame to the AP, and the seventh frame includes the TDLS setup confirm frame; it may also include that the AP sends the eighth frame to the responder, and the seventh frame includes the TDLS setup confirm frame; Eight frames include the TDLS setup confirm frame.

可選的,TPK Handshake Message 1,TPK Handshake Message 2, TPK Handshake Message 3均包括強健安全網路元素(robust security network element,RSNE)資訊元素和快速基本服務集轉換元素(fast BSS Transition element,FTE)資訊元素。Optionally, TPK Handshake Message 1, TPK Handshake Message 2, and TPK Handshake Message 3 all include robust security network element (robust security network element, RSNE) information element and fast basic service set transition element (fast BSS Transition element, FTE) Information element.

可選的,RSNE資訊元素的框架格式的一個示例如圖3a所示。在圖3a中,RSNE資訊元素包括:Optionally, an example of the frame format of the RSNE information element is shown in Figure 3a. In Figure 3a, RSNE information elements include:

元素標識(Element ID)欄位,所占位元組數為1;長度(Length)欄位,所占位元組數為1;版本(Vision)欄位,所占位元組數為2;組資料加密套件(Group Data Cipher Suite)欄位,所占位元組數為0或4;成對密碼套件計數(Pairwise Cipher Suite Count)欄位,所占位元組數為0或2;成對密碼套件清單(Pairwise Cipher Suite List)欄位,所占位元組數為0或(4*m,m為成對密碼套件的個數);還包括:The Element ID field occupies 1 byte; the Length field occupies 1 byte; the Vision field occupies 2 bytes; Group Data Cipher Suite (Group Data Cipher Suite) field, the number of bytes occupied is 0 or 4; Pairwise Cipher Suite Count (Pairwise Cipher Suite Count) field, the number of bytes occupied is 0 or 2; For the Pairwise Cipher Suite List field, the number of occupied bytes is 0 or (4*m, m is the number of pairwise cipher suites); it also includes:

認證及密匙管理套件計數(authentication and key management suite count,AKM Suite Count)欄位,所占位元組數為0或2;認證及密匙管理套件列表(authentication and key management suite list, AKM Suite List)欄位,所占位元組數為0或(4*n,n為認證及密匙管理套件的個數);強健安全網路元素能力資訊(RSN Capabilities)欄位,所占位元組數為0或2;成對主秘鑰標識計數(pairwise master key identifier count,PMKID count)欄位,所占位元組數為0或2;成對主秘鑰識別列表(pairwise master key identifier list,PMKID List)欄位,所占位元組數為0或(16*s,s為成對主秘鑰標識的個數);組管理加密套件(Group management Cipher Suite)欄位,所占位元組數為0或4。Authentication and key management suite count (authentication and key management suite count, AKM Suite Count) field, the number of bytes occupied is 0 or 2; authentication and key management suite list (authentication and key management suite list, AKM Suite List) field, the number of bytes occupied is 0 or (4*n, n is the number of authentication and key management packages); the RSN Capabilities field occupies bits The number of groups is 0 or 2; the pairwise master key identifier count (PMKID count) field, the number of bytes occupied is 0 or 2; the pairwise master key identifier list (pairwise master key identifier list, PMKID List) field, the number of bytes occupied is 0 or (16*s, s is the number of paired master key identifiers); the group management Cipher Suite (Group management Cipher Suite) field occupies bytes The number is 0 or 4.

可選的,FTE資訊元素的框架格式的一個示例如圖3b所示,在圖3b中,FTE資訊元素包括:Optionally, an example of the frame format of the FTE information element is shown in Figure 3b. In Figure 3b, the FTE information element includes:

元素標識(Element ID)欄位,所占位元組數為1;長度(Length)欄位,所占位元組數為1;消息完整碼控制(message integrity code control,MIC Control)欄位,所占位元組數為2;消息完整碼(message integrity code, MIC)欄位,所占位元組數為變數(variable);認證者的亂數(authenticator nonce, ANonce)欄位,所占位元組數為32;請求者的亂數(supplicant nonce, SNonce)欄位,所占位元組數為32;可選參數(Optional Parameter(s)),所占位元組數為variable。Element ID field, the number of bytes occupied is 1; Length field, the number of bytes occupied is 1; message integrity code control (message integrity code control, MIC Control) field, The number of bytes occupied is 2; the number of bytes occupied by the message integrity code (message integrity code, MIC) field is variable; the authenticator nonce (ANonce) field, occupied by The number of bytes is 32; the number of bytes occupied by the supplicant nonce (SNonce) field of the requester is 32; the number of bytes occupied by optional parameters (Optional Parameter(s)) is variable.

二.Multiple BSSID2. Multiple BSSID

當前的802.11標準支援多基本服務集標識集合(multiple basic service set identifier set,multiple BSSID,也可以稱為多BSSID集合)特性,其基本功能是在一個設備中,形成多個虛擬AP來服務不同類型的STA。多個虛擬AP可以進行共同管理,來節省管理開銷。The current 802.11 standard supports multiple basic service set identifier set (multiple basic service set identifier set, multiple BSSID, can also be called multiple BSSID set) feature, its basic function is to form multiple virtual APs in one device to serve different types The STA. Multiple virtual APs can be managed together to save management overhead.

多BSSID集合可以是一些合作AP的結合,該合作的所有AP使用同一個操作集,通道號,以及天線介面。一般地,在多BSSID集合中,存在一個傳輸的BSSID(Transmitted BSSID)對應的AP,其他的AP都為Non-transmitted BSSID(非傳輸)對應的AP。多BSSID集合的資訊(也就是多BSSID元素)攜帶於Transmitted BSSID AP發送的管理幀(例如:信標幀或者探測回應幀或鄰居彙報)中。Non-transmitted BSSID的AP的BSSID的資訊是通過接收上述信標幀或者探測回應幀,或者鄰居彙報中的Multiple BSSID 元素等推導出來的。The multi-BSSID set can be a combination of some cooperative APs, and all the cooperative APs use the same operation set, channel number, and antenna interface. Generally, in a multi-BSSID set, there is an AP corresponding to a transmitted BSSID (Transmitted BSSID), and other APs are APs corresponding to Non-transmitted BSSID (non-transmitted). The information of the multi-BSSID set (that is, the multi-BSSID element) is carried in the management frame (for example: beacon frame or probe response frame or neighbor report) sent by the Transmitted BSSID AP. The BSSID information of the non-transmitted BSSID AP is derived by receiving the above-mentioned beacon frame or probe response frame, or the Multiple BSSID element in the neighbor report.

此外,在多BSSID技術中,一個物理AP可以虛擬出多個邏輯AP,每個虛擬後的AP管理一個BSS,不同的虛擬後的AP一般具有不同的SSID,以及許可權,比如安全機制或者傳輸機會等。在虛擬後的多個AP中,存在一個虛擬AP的BSSID被配置為傳輸(Transmitted) BSSID,該虛擬AP可以稱為傳輸(Transmitted)AP,其他虛擬AP的BSSID被配置為Non-transmitted  BSSID,該虛擬AP可以稱為非傳輸(Non-transmitted)AP。通常來說,Multiple BSSID的中多個AP還可以理解為一個AP設備虛擬出多個合作的AP設備。只有BSSID為Transmitted BSSID的AP可以發送信標幀(beacon)和探測回應幀(Probe Response),如果STA發送的探測請求幀(Probe Request)是給多BSSID集合中的一個BSSID為Non-transmitted BSSID的AP,此時BSSID為Transmitted BSSID的AP需要幫忙回應探測回應幀。BSSID為Transmitted BSSID的AP發送的beacon幀包括Multiple BSSID元素,其他Non-transmitted BSSID 的AP不能發送beacon幀。多個虛擬AP給其管理的站點分配的關聯標識(association identifier ,AID)是共用一個空間的,也就是說多個虛擬的BSS中的站點被分配的AID是不能重合的。In addition, in the multi-BSSID technology, one physical AP can virtualize multiple logical APs, and each virtualized AP manages a BSS. Different virtualized APs generally have different SSIDs and permissions, such as security mechanisms or transmission Opportunity and so on. Among the multiple virtualized APs, there is a virtual AP whose BSSID is configured as a Transmitted BSSID. This virtual AP can be called a Transmitted AP. The BSSIDs of other virtual APs are configured as Non-transmitted BSSIDs. A virtual AP may be called a non-transmitting (Non-transmitted) AP. Generally speaking, multiple APs in Multiple BSSID can also be understood as one AP device virtualizing multiple cooperative AP devices. Only the AP whose BSSID is the Transmitted BSSID can send the beacon frame (beacon) and the probe response frame (Probe Response), if the probe request frame (Probe Request) sent by the STA is for a BSSID in the multi-BSSID set with the Non-transmitted BSSID AP, at this time, the AP whose BSSID is the Transmitted BSSID needs to help respond to the detection response frame. The beacon frame sent by the AP whose BSSID is Transmitted BSSID includes the Multiple BSSID element, and other APs with Non-transmitted BSSID cannot send beacon frames. The association identifiers (association identifier, AID) allocated by multiple virtual APs to the sites managed by them share a space, that is to say, the AIDs allocated to sites in multiple virtual BSSs cannot overlap.

可選的,多BSSID元素如表1所示,包括元素ID,長度,最大BSSID指示,子元素。其中最大BSSID指示欄位的值(n)用於計算上述多BSSID集合中包含的BSSID的最大個數為2^n(即2的n次方),可選的子元素包括各個非傳輸BSSID的資訊。接收端根據參考BSSID、最大BSSID指示以及BSSID的序號可以計算出多BSSID集合中每個BSSID的值,各個BSSID包括48位元,其中多BSSID集合中每個BSSID的高(48-n)位的值與參考BSSID的高48-n位的值相同,多BSSID集合中每個BSSID的低n位的值為參考BSSID的低n位的值與BSSID的序號x值的和,然後再以2^n取模,其中參考BSSID(也就是Transmitted BSSID)攜帶於包含該Multiple BSSID元素的幀(比如信標幀)中的MAC頭中的BSSID欄位中,具體計算方法可參考802.11-2016標準協議。Optionally, the multi-BSSID element is as shown in Table 1, including element ID, length, maximum BSSID indication, and sub-elements. The value (n) of the maximum BSSID indication field is used to calculate the maximum number of BSSIDs contained in the above multi-BSSID set is 2^n (that is, 2 to the nth power), and the optional sub-elements include each non-transmission BSSID Information. The receiving end can calculate the value of each BSSID in the multi-BSSID set according to the reference BSSID, the maximum BSSID indication, and the serial number of the BSSID. Each BSSID includes 48 bits, and the high (48-n) bits of each BSSID in the multi-BSSID set The value is the same as the value of the upper 48-n bits of the reference BSSID, and the value of the lower n bits of each BSSID in the multi-BSSID set is the sum of the value of the lower n bits of the reference BSSID and the serial number x value of the BSSID, and then calculated by 2^ n is modulo, where the reference BSSID (that is, Transmitted BSSID) is carried in the BSSID field in the MAC header of the frame (such as a beacon frame) containing the Multiple BSSID element. The specific calculation method can refer to the 802.11-2016 standard protocol.

表1    元素 ID 長度 最大BSSID指示 可選的子元素 位元組 1 1 1 可變 Table 1 Element ID length Maximum BSSID indication optional child elements bytes 1 1 1 variable

其中,表1中的“可選的子元素”可以如表2所示。Wherein, the "optional sub-elements" in Table 1 may be as shown in Table 2.

表2 子元素 ID 名字 拓展 0 Non-transmitted BSSID profile 不可拓展 1-220 保留    221 廠商專有 廠商定義 222-255 保留    Table 2 child element ID name expand 0 Non-transmitted BSSID profile not expandable 1-220 reserve 221 Manufacturer Proprietary Vendor definition 222-255 reserve

可選的,在表2中,非傳輸基本服務集標識簡介(Non-transmitted BSSID profile)包括一個或多個具有Non-transmitted BSSID的AP或者定向多十億位元站點(directional multi-gigabit station,DMG STA)的元素。Optionally, in Table 2, the non-transmitted BSSID profile (Non-transmitted BSSID profile) includes one or more APs with Non-transmitted BSSID or directional multi-gigabit station (directional multi-gigabit station , DMG STA) elements.

三.位址解析通訊協定(address resolution protocol,ARP)3. Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)

位址解析通訊協定,是根據IP位址獲取物理位址的一個傳輸控制協議(transmission control protocol,TCP)TCP/互聯網協議(internet protocol,IP)。主機發送資訊時將包含目標IP位址的ARP請求廣播到區域網路上的所有主機,並接收返回消息,以此確定目標的物理位址;收到返回消息後將該IP位址和物理位址存入本機ARP緩存中並保留一定時間,下次請求時直接查詢ARP緩存以節約資源。The address resolution communication protocol is a transmission control protocol (transmission control protocol, TCP) TCP/Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) that obtains the physical address based on the IP address. When the host sends information, it broadcasts the ARP request containing the target IP address to all hosts on the LAN, and receives the return message to determine the physical address of the target; after receiving the return message, the IP address and physical address Store it in the local ARP cache and keep it for a certain period of time. The next request will directly query the ARP cache to save resources.

其中,位址解析通訊協定工作在一個網段中,而代理ARP(Proxy ARP)工作在不同的網段間,其一般被像路由器這樣的設備使用,用來代替處於另一個網段的主機回答本網段主機的ARP請求。例如,主機1(位址為192.168.20.66/24)需要向主機2(位址為192.168.20.20/24)發送報文,因為主機1不知道子網的存在且和主機1不知道主機1和主機2在同一主網路網段,所以主機1將發送ARP協定請求廣播報文請求192.168.20.20的MAC位址。這時,路由器將識別出報文的目標位址屬於另一個子網,因此,路由器向主機1回復的該路由器的MAC位址。之後,主機1將發往主機2的資料包都發往路由器的MAC位址,由路由器將資料包轉發到主機2。代理ARP協定使得子網化網路拓撲對於主機來說時透明的(或者說,路由器以路由器的MAC位址作為PC2的MAC位址與主機1通信;或者說,路由器以一個不真實的主機2的MAC位址欺騙了主機1)。Among them, the address resolution communication protocol works in one network segment, and proxy ARP (Proxy ARP) works in different network segments, and it is generally used by devices such as routers to replace hosts in another network segment to answer ARP requests from hosts on this network segment. For example, host 1 (address 192.168.20.66/24) needs to send a message to host 2 (address 192.168.20.20/24), because host 1 does not know the existence of the subnet and host 1 does not know host 1 and Host 2 is on the same main network segment, so host 1 will send an ARP protocol request broadcast message to request the MAC address of 192.168.20.20. At this time, the router will recognize that the destination address of the message belongs to another subnet, so the router replies to host 1 with the router's MAC address. Afterwards, host 1 sends all data packets destined for host 2 to the MAC address of the router, and the router forwards the data packets to host 2. The proxy ARP protocol makes the subnetted network topology transparent to the host (or, the router uses the MAC address of the router as the MAC address of PC2 to communicate with the host 1; or, the router uses a fake host 2 The MAC address of the host is spoofed 1).

四、多鏈路元素4. Multi-link elements

圖4示出了多鏈路元素的格式300的一個示意圖。如圖4所示,多鏈路元素包括元素ID(Element Identifier)301、長度(Length)302、元素ID擴展(Element ID Extension)303、多鏈路控制(Multi-Link Control)304、公共資訊欄位,其中公共資訊欄位包括長度305、MLD MAC位址(MLD MAC address)…、欄位k(Field k)306比如能力欄位等,每個STA x的簡介(Per-STA Profile x)307和每個STA y的簡介(Per-STA Profile y)(如果存在的話)308。FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a format 300 of a multi-link element. As shown in Figure 4, multi-link elements include Element ID (Element Identifier) 301, Length (Length) 302, Element ID Extension (Element ID Extension) 303, Multi-Link Control (Multi-Link Control) 304, public information column The public information field includes length 305, MLD MAC address (MLD MAC address) ..., field k (Field k) 306 such as the ability field, etc., and the profile of each STA x (Per-STA Profile x) 307 and a profile (Per-STA Profile y) of each STA y (if exists) 308 .

MLD公共資訊部分310,用於攜帶MLD的相關資訊。其後的每個STA x的簡介307和每個STA y的簡介(如果存在的話)308屬於可選子元素320,代表每個站點的簡介資訊(per-STA profile)。The MLD public information part 310 is used to carry information related to the MLD. The subsequent profile 307 of each STA x and profile 308 of each STA y (if present) belong to an optional sub-element 320 , representing profile information (per-STA profile) of each site.

進一步地,多鏈路控制304包括類型(Type)314、欄位k出現(324和保留(Reserved)334。示例性地,類型314可以是基本類型,也可以是probe request 類型。Further, the multi-link control 304 includes a type (Type) 314, field k appears (324) and reserved (Reserved) 334. Exemplarily, the type 314 may be a basic type or a probe request type.

可選地,多鏈路元素還包括鏈路資訊部分,鏈路資訊部分是由一個或多個“每個STA簡介”組成。每個STA x的簡介307包括子元素ID(Subelement ID)317、長度(Length)327和內容337,其中內容337包括STA控制欄位(Per-STA control field)3371、STA資訊(STA information)欄位3372和STA簡介欄位3373。STA控制欄位3371包括鏈路ID(Link ID)33711和STA MAC位址出現(STA MAC Address present)33712。STA資訊欄位3372包括長度33721和STA MAC位址(STA MAC Address)33722…。STA簡介欄位3373包括欄位x 33731、…、元素Y(Element Y)33732、…、非繼承元素(Non-Inheritance element)(如果存在的話)33733。Optionally, the multi-link element further includes a link information part, and the link information part is composed of one or more "profiles of each STA". The profile 307 of each STA x includes a subelement ID (Subelement ID) 317, a length (Length) 327, and a content 337, wherein the content 337 includes a STA control field (Per-STA control field) 3371, and a STA information (STA information) column Bit 3372 and STA Profile field 3373. The STA control field 3371 includes a link ID (Link ID) 33711 and a STA MAC address present (STA MAC Address present) 33712 . The STA information field 3372 includes length 33721 and STA MAC address (STA MAC Address) 33722 . . . The STA profile field 3373 includes field x 33731 , . . . , element Y (Element Y) 33732 , .

可理解,在圖4中MLD MAC位址305與欄位k 306之間還可以包括其他欄位,這裡未示出。STA資訊欄位3372還包括其他欄位,STA簡介欄位33733還包括其他欄位或元素,如欄位1、欄位2、…元素 1,元素2,…等,其中非繼承元素33733是最後一個元素。It can be understood that other fields may be included between the MLD MAC address 305 and the field k 306 in FIG. 4 , which are not shown here. The STA information field 3372 also includes other fields, and the STA profile field 33733 also includes other fields or elements, such as field 1, field 2, ... element 1, element 2, ..., etc., wherein the non-inherited element 33733 is the last an element.

由前述描述可知,越來越多的無線設備支援多鏈路通信,例如同時在2.4吉赫茲(GHz),5GHz以及6GHz頻段上進行通信,或者同時在同一頻段的不同通道上通信,提高設備之間的通信速率。這種設備通常稱為多鏈路設備(multi-link device,MLD),其中,多鏈路設備可以是包含有多個接入點(access point,AP)的接入點多鏈路設備(access point  multi-link device,AP MLD),也可以是包含有多個站點(station,STA)的非接入點多鏈路設備(non-access point multi-link device,non-AP MLD)。As can be seen from the foregoing description, more and more wireless devices support multi-link communication, such as communicating on 2.4 gigahertz (GHz), 5GHz and 6GHz frequency bands at the same time, or communicating on different channels in the same frequency band at the same time, improving the communication between devices. communication rate between them. Such a device is usually called a multi-link device (multi-link device, MLD), where the multi-link device may be an access point multi-link device (access point) that includes multiple access points (access points, APs). point multi-link device, AP MLD), or a non-access point multi-link device (non-access point multi-link device, non-AP MLD) that includes multiple stations (station, STA).

目前,在WLAN通信中,以無線幀的發送方為多鏈路站點設備中的某一個站點為例,無線幀的接收方可以為另一個多鏈路設備或單鏈路設備。At present, in WLAN communication, taking the sender of the wireless frame as an example of a station in the multi-link station device, the receiver of the wireless frame may be another multi-link device or a single-link device.

在一些場景中,無線幀的接收方所接收的無線幀中,所包含的MAC Header欄位可以包括無線幀的發送方的位址資訊,用以向無線幀的接收方指示該無線幀來自于該發送方。In some scenarios, the MAC Header field contained in the wireless frame received by the receiver of the wireless frame may include the address information of the sender of the wireless frame, so as to indicate to the receiver of the wireless frame that the wireless frame comes from the sender.

在另一些場景中,無線幀的發送方所發送的無線幀,有可能需要通過轉發設備的轉發,才能被無線幀的接收方所接收,使得無線幀的接收方所接收的無線幀中,所包含的MAC Header欄位可能包括該轉發設備的位址資訊,用以向無線幀的接收方指示該無線幀來自於該轉發設備。In other scenarios, the wireless frame sent by the wireless frame sender may need to be forwarded by the forwarding device before it can be received by the wireless frame receiver, so that in the wireless frame received by the wireless frame receiver, all The included MAC Header field may include address information of the forwarding device, which is used to indicate to the receiver of the wireless frame that the wireless frame comes from the forwarding device.

然而,針對上述多種場景,對於無線幀的接收方而言,是否需要獲取發送方的位址資訊以及如何獲取發送方的位址資訊,是一個亟待解決的技術問題。However, for the various scenarios mentioned above, for the receiver of the wireless frame, whether and how to obtain the address information of the sender is an urgent technical problem to be solved.

為了解決上述問題,本申請提供了一種通信方法及通信裝置,用於使得第一無線幀的接收方基於第一無線幀中的第一欄位靈活地選擇是否在多鏈路元素中接收該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,並且在第一欄位指示多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,可以準確地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。In order to solve the above problems, the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which are used to enable the receiver of the first radio frame to flexibly choose whether to receive the first radio frame in the multi-link element based on the first field in the first radio frame. MAC address information of a STA, and when the first field indicates that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the MAC address information of the first STA can be accurately obtained.

請參閱圖5a,為本申請提供的通信方法的一個示意圖,該方法包括如下步驟。Please refer to FIG. 5a, which is a schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the present application, and the method includes the following steps.

S101.發送方生成第一無線幀。S101. The sender generates a first wireless frame.

本實施例中,發送方在步驟S101中接收第一無線幀。其中,該第一無線幀包括多鏈路元素,該多鏈路元素包括第一欄位,該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。In this embodiment, the sender receives the first wireless frame in step S101. Wherein, the first radio frame includes a multi-link element, and the multi-link element includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate whether the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA.

S102.發送方發送第一無線幀。S102. The sender sends the first wireless frame.

本實施例中,發送方在步驟S102中發送第一無線幀,相應的,接收方在步驟S102中接收得到該第一無線幀。In this embodiment, the sender sends the first wireless frame in step S102, and correspondingly, the receiver receives the first wireless frame in step S102.

可選的,發送方可以對第一無線幀進行發送預處理,並將發送預處理得到的處理結果在步驟S102中發送;例如,該發送預處理可以包括加密、加擾等方式。相應的,接收方可以接收(發送對該第一無線幀進行發送預處理得到的)處理結果,並在步驟S102中將該處理結果進行接收預處理得到管理幀;例如,該接收預處理可以包括解密、解擾等方式。Optionally, the sender may perform transmission preprocessing on the first wireless frame, and send a processing result obtained by the transmission preprocessing in step S102; for example, the transmission preprocessing may include encryption, scrambling, and the like. Correspondingly, the receiver may receive the processing result (obtained by sending the first wireless frame through pre-processing), and perform receiving pre-processing on the processing result in step S102 to obtain a management frame; for example, the receiving pre-processing may include Decryption, descrambling, etc.

S103.接收方基於第一欄位確定是否在多鏈路元素中接收第一STA的MAC位址資訊。S103. The receiver determines whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field.

本實施例中,接收方在步驟S102中接收得到該第一無線幀之後,在步驟S103中,該接收方基於多鏈路元素中的第一欄位確定是否在多鏈路元素中接收第一STA的MAC位址資訊。In this embodiment, after the receiver receives the first wireless frame in step S102, in step S103, the receiver determines whether to receive the first radio frame in the multi-link element based on the first column in the multi-link element. STA MAC address information.

需要說明的是,在圖5a所示實現方式中,第一無線幀的發送方可以記為第一STA,第一無線幀的接收方可以記為第二STA。It should be noted that, in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 5a , the sender of the first wireless frame may be marked as the first STA, and the receiver of the first wireless frame may be marked as the second STA.

具體地,作為第一無線幀的發送方,“第一STA”為多鏈路元素中每個站點的簡介(Per-STA Profile)所指示的“STA”,其中,承載多鏈路元素的第一無線幀為MLD所發送的。當該MLD為AP MLD時,該Per-STA Profile指示AP MLD中某個AP的簡介資訊(換言之,“第一STA”為AP);當該MLD為non-AP MLD時,Per-STA Profile指示non-AP MLD中某個STA的簡介資訊(換言之,“第一STA”為STA)。Specifically, as the sender of the first radio frame, the "first STA" is the "STA" indicated by the profile (Per-STA Profile) of each station in the multi-link element, where the The first radio frame is sent by the MLD. When the MLD is an AP MLD, the Per-STA Profile indicates the profile information of an AP in the AP MLD (in other words, the "first STA" is the AP); when the MLD is a non-AP MLD, the Per-STA Profile indicates Profile information of a certain STA in the non-AP MLD (in other words, the "first STA" is the STA).

此外,在圖5a所示實現方式中,作為第一無線幀的接收方,接收承載多鏈路元素的第一無線幀的“第二STA”可以為單鏈路設備,也可以為MLD中的某一個“STA”。其中,當第二STA為AP MLD中的某一個“STA”時,該第二STA為AP;當第二STA為non-AP MLD中的某一個“STA”時,該第二STA為STA。In addition, in the implementation shown in FIG. 5a, as the receiver of the first radio frame, the "second STA" receiving the first radio frame carrying multi-link elements may be a single-link device, or may be a A certain "STA". Wherein, when the second STA is a certain "STA" in the AP MLD, the second STA is an AP; when the second STA is a certain "STA" in the non-AP MLD, the second STA is a STA.

在一種可能的實現方式中,第一STA在步驟S101所生成的第一無線幀中,該第一欄位位於該多鏈路元素中的出現點陣圖(Presence Bitmap)欄位中。具體地,該第一欄位位於該第一無線幀所包含的多鏈路元素的出現點陣圖欄位中,使得第一無線幀的接收方在步驟S103中可以基於該出現點陣圖欄位確定該第一欄位,並基於該第一欄位確定是否在多鏈路元素中接收第一STA的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, in the first radio frame generated by the first STA in step S101, the first field is located in a field of a presence bitmap (Presence Bitmap) in the multilink element. Specifically, the first field is located in the appearance bitmap field of the multi-link element included in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can use the appearance bitmap field in step S103 The bit determines the first field, and determines whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field.

示例性的,以圖4的框架格式為多鏈路元素的一個實現示例。作為一種可選的實現方式,出現點陣圖(Presence Bitmap)欄位具體可以為圖4中的欄位k出現(324),其中,欄位k出現(324)中的一個(或多個)比特作為該第一欄位。Exemplarily, the framework format in FIG. 4 is used as an implementation example of a multi-link element. As an optional implementation, the field of the Presence Bitmap (Presence Bitmap) can specifically be the appearance (324) of the field k in Figure 4, wherein one (or more) of the appearance (324) of the field k bit as the first field.

在一種可能的實現方式中,在該第一欄位的取值為第一取值時,該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,該多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, when the value of the first field is the first value, the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, and the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA. The link element includes MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,在該第一欄位的取值為第二取值時,該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the first field is the second value, the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,第一取值不同於第二取值。Optionally, the first value is different from the second value.

示例性的,第一欄位可以通過一個比特或多個比特實現,此處以一個比特的實現過程作為示例進行描述,即第一欄位對應的取值可以為“1”或“0”。Exemplarily, the first field can be realized by one bit or multiple bits, and the realization process of one bit is used as an example for description here, that is, the value corresponding to the first field can be "1" or "0".

例如,第一取值為“1”且第二取值為“0”時,第一欄位通過第一取值(即取值為“1”)指示該多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊,第一欄位通過第二取值(即取值為“0”)指示該多鏈路元素不包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。For example, when the first value is "1" and the second value is "0", the first field indicates that the multi-link element includes the first STA's For the MAC address information, the first field indicates that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA through the second value (ie, the value is "0").

又如,第一取值為“0”且第二取值為“1”時,第一欄位通過第一取值(即取值為“0”)指示該多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊,第一欄位通過第二取值(即取值為“1”)指示該多鏈路元素不包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。As another example, when the first value is "0" and the second value is "1", the first field indicates that the multi-link element includes the first STA through the first value (that is, the value is "0") The MAC address information of the first STA indicates that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA through the second value (that is, the value is "1").

下面將通過不同的實現方式,對第一欄位所指示的不同含義進行說明。The different meanings indicated by the first field will be described below through different implementation methods.

實現方式一,第一STA在步驟S101所生成的第一無線幀中,在該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該多鏈路元素包括公共資訊(Common Info)欄位,該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該公共資訊欄位中。Implementation 1: In the first wireless frame generated by the first STA in step S101, when the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the multi-link element A common information (Common Info) field is included, and the MAC address information of the first STA is located in the common information field.

從而,對於第一無線幀的發送方(即第一STA)而言,基於該第一欄位可以實現在該多鏈路元素中攜帶第一STA的MAC位址資訊,並且使得第一欄位的指示適用於第一無線幀的接收方需要接收該第一STA的MAC位址資訊的通信場景。相應的,對於第一無線幀的接收方(即第二STA)而言,基於該第一欄位可以確定需要接收該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,並在多鏈路元素中接收該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,即第二STA可以準確地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Therefore, for the sender of the first wireless frame (that is, the first STA), based on the first field, it is possible to carry the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element, and make the first field The indication of is applicable to a communication scenario where the receiver of the first wireless frame needs to receive the MAC address information of the first STA. Correspondingly, for the receiver of the first wireless frame (that is, the second STA), based on the first field, it can be determined that the MAC address information of the first STA needs to be received, and the second STA can be received in the multi-link element. The MAC address information of a STA, that is, the second STA can accurately obtain the MAC address information of the first STA.

具體地,該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該第一無線幀所包含的多鏈路元素的公共資訊欄位中,使得第一無線幀的接收方在步驟S103中,可以基於該公共資訊欄位確定該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Specifically, the MAC address information of the first STA is located in the public information field of the multi-link element included in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can, in step S103, based on the public information The field specifies the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,該第一STA的MAC位址資訊也可以位於多鏈路元素中的其他位置。Optionally, the MAC address information of the first STA may also be located in other positions in the multi-link element.

示例性的,如前述對通道直接鏈路建立(tunneled direct link setup,TDLS)的介紹可知,在基於TDLS進行通信所傳輸的無線幀中,可以攜帶如圖2a所示的鏈路標識資訊元素。Exemplarily, as mentioned above in the introduction of tunneled direct link setup (TDLS), the radio frame transmitted based on TDLS communication may carry the link identification information element as shown in FIG. 2a.

若基於TDLS進行通信過程中不涉及多鏈路通信場景,即當某個STA為單鏈路設備的情況下,該STA在發送無線幀時,可以將圖2a所示“TDLS發起者的站點位址”這一欄位的取值設置為該STA的MAC位址資訊,以指示該STA為該TDLS通信過程中的TDLS發起者。If the communication process based on TDLS does not involve multi-link communication scenarios, that is, when a certain STA is a single-link device, when the STA sends a wireless frame, it can use the "TDLS Initiator Station" shown in Figure 2a The value of the field "Address" is set to the MAC address information of the STA to indicate that the STA is the TDLS initiator in the TDLS communication process.

若基於TDLS進行通信過程中涉及多鏈路通信場景,即當某個STA為多鏈路設備中的某個STA的情況下,該STA作為發送方,可以執行圖5a所示通信過程,即該STA(即第一STA)所發送的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示該STA所在MLD的多鏈路資訊的多鏈路元素。If the communication process based on TDLS involves a multi-link communication scenario, that is, when a certain STA is a certain STA in a multi-link device, the STA, as the sender, can perform the communication process shown in Figure 5a, that is, the The first radio frame sent by the STA (that is, the first STA) carries a multilink element used to indicate the multilink information of the MLD where the STA is located.

其中,以步驟S102中第一STA所發送的第一無線幀為TDLS通信過程中所傳輸的TDLS發現請求幀為例進行說明。在第一無線幀中,鏈路標識資訊元素的TDLS initiator STA Address的欄位的取值可以為第一MLD的MLD MAC位址。這樣設置是為了使得AP向第二STA所轉發的資料幀的SA的取值與第一MLD的MLD MAC位址保持一致,進而使得第二STA在收到轉發的資料幀時,無論是根據SA,還是根據TDLS initiator STA Address,能夠獲得一致的發起者的位址,避免出現混亂。Wherein, it is illustrated by taking that the first wireless frame sent by the first STA in step S102 is a TDLS discovery request frame transmitted during the TDLS communication process. In the first radio frame, the value of the TDLS initiator STA Address field of the link identification information element may be the MLD MAC address of the first MLD. This setting is to make the SA value of the data frame forwarded by the AP to the second STA consistent with the MLD MAC address of the first MLD, so that when the second STA receives the forwarded data frame, whether it is based on the SA value , or according to the TDLS initiator STA Address, a consistent initiator address can be obtained to avoid confusion.

具體地,TDLS發現請求幀可以是包裹在第一STA向第一STA關聯的AP發送的某個資料幀(記為第一資料幀)中,其中,第一資料幀的框架格式可參考圖5b所示。相比於圖2b,圖5b詳細描述了“幀體(Frame Body)”所包含的資訊。其中,TDLS發現請求幀具體可以承載於“幀體(Frame Body)”中,如圖5b所示,“幀體(Frame Body)”包括如下資訊:Specifically, the TDLS discovery request frame may be wrapped in a certain data frame (denoted as the first data frame) sent by the first STA to the AP associated with the first STA, where the frame format of the first data frame can refer to Figure 5b shown. Compared with Figure 2b, Figure 5b describes in detail the information contained in the "Frame Body". Among them, the TDLS discovery request frame can be specifically carried in the "Frame Body (Frame Body)", as shown in Figure 5b, the "Frame Body (Frame Body)" includes the following information:

類別(Category)、TDLS動作(TDLS Action)、對話權杖(Dialog Token)、鏈路標識資訊元素(Link Identifier)、多鏈路元素(Multi-Link element)。Category, TDLS Action, Dialog Token, Link Identifier, and Multi-Link element.

在第一資料幀中,該第一資料幀的Address 1為AP的MAC位址,Address 2為第一STA的位址,Address 3為第二MLD的MLD MAC位址。In the first data frame, Address 1 of the first data frame is the MAC address of the AP, Address 2 is the address of the first STA, and Address 3 is the MLD MAC address of the second MLD.

此後,由於所述TDLS發現請求幀被AP轉發時,是攜帶在另一個資料幀(記為第二資料幀)中發送的(第二資料幀的框架格式可參考圖2b所示)。其中,在第二資料幀中,該第二資料幀的Address 1為第二STA的MAC位址,Address 2為AP的MAC位址(注:由於可能在其他的鏈路上轉發,因此該位址可能與第一資料幀中的AP的MAC位址不同),Address 3為第一MLD的MLD MAC位址。導致第二STA在接收到第二資料幀時,無法獲知第一STA的MAC位址,從而無法在TDLS發現過程中獲得第一STA的位址資訊。Afterwards, when the TDLS discovery request frame is forwarded by the AP, it is carried in another data frame (referred to as the second data frame) and sent (the frame format of the second data frame can refer to FIG. 2 b ). Wherein, in the second data frame, Address 1 of the second data frame is the MAC address of the second STA, and Address 2 is the MAC address of the AP (Note: Since it may be forwarded on other links, this address may be different from the MAC address of the AP in the first data frame), and Address 3 is the MLD MAC address of the first MLD. As a result, the second STA cannot obtain the MAC address of the first STA when receiving the second data frame, and thus cannot obtain the address information of the first STA during the TDLS discovery process.

為了解決這一問題,第一STA在發送TDLS發現請求幀時,可以在承載該TDLS發現請求幀的第一資料幀中攜帶該第一STA的MAC位址。其中,第一STA的MAC位址可以承載於該第一資料幀的多鏈路元素中。In order to solve this problem, when the first STA sends the TDLS discovery request frame, it may carry the MAC address of the first STA in the first data frame carrying the TDLS discovery request frame. Wherein, the MAC address of the first STA may be carried in the multi-link element of the first data frame.

為此,在該場景中,第一STA可以在第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素中攜帶第一欄位,通過該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,以便於第二STA基於該第一欄位確定該第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素中攜帶該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。使得第二STA在需要獲取該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,可以基於該第一欄位的指示接收該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。此外,第二STA在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,還可以基於該該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信。For this reason, in this scenario, the first STA may carry a first field in the multi-link element in the first radio frame, and the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element includes the first STA's MAC address information, so that the second STA determines based on the first field that the multi-link element in the first radio frame carries the MAC address information of the first STA. When the second STA needs to obtain the MAC address information of the first STA, it can receive the MAC address information of the first STA based on the indication of the first field. In addition, after the second STA obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, it can also communicate with the first STA based on the TDLS based on the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,圖5a所示實現方案對應的通信過程可以為TDLS的通信過程(或者是其他通信過程,此處不做限定),即圖5a所涉及的第一無線幀的生成過程、發送過程、接收過程為TDLS的通信過程。Optionally, the communication process corresponding to the implementation scheme shown in Figure 5a may be a TDLS communication process (or other communication process, not limited here), that is, the generation process and transmission process of the first wireless frame involved in Figure 5a , The receiving process is a TDLS communication process.

在該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一無線幀包括以下任一項:When the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the first radio frame includes any of the following:

TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立請求幀、TDLS建立回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀、TDLS資料幀、TDLS資料幀的回應幀。TDLS discovery request frame, TDLS discovery response frame, TDLS establishment request frame, TDLS establishment response frame, TDLS establishment confirmation frame, TDLS establishment confirmation frame response frame, TDLS data frame, TDLS data frame response frame.

可選的,第一無線幀的發送方(例如第一STA)為TDLS通信過程中的發起者,第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)為TDLS通信過程中的回應者。Optionally, the sender of the first wireless frame (for example, the first STA) is an initiator in the TDLS communication process, and the receiver of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) is a responder in the TDLS communication process.

可選的,第一無線幀的發送方(例如第一STA)為TDLS通信過程中的回應者,第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)為TDLS通信過程中的發起者。Optionally, the sender of the first radio frame (eg, the first STA) is a responder in the TDLS communication process, and the receiver of the first radio frame (eg, the second STA) is an initiator in the TDLS communication process.

示例性的,以圖4的框架格式為多鏈路元素的一個實現示例對實現方式一進行說明。作為一種可選的實現方式,出現點陣圖(Presence Bitmap)欄位具體可以為圖4中的欄位k出現(324),其中,欄位k出現(324)中的一個(或多個)比特作為該第一欄位。此外,欄位k(306)可以用於承載該第一STA的MAC位址。Exemplarily, implementation mode 1 is described by taking the frame format of FIG. 4 as an implementation example of a multi-link element. As an optional implementation, the field of the Presence Bitmap (Presence Bitmap) can specifically be the appearance (324) of the field k in Figure 4, wherein one (or more) of the appearance (324) of the field k bit as the first field. Additionally, field k (306) may be used to carry the MAC address of the first STA.

示例性的,下面將結合圖7a至圖7d對圖5a所涉及的通信場景,對實現方式一(為TDLS的通信過程時)進行示例性描述。Exemplarily, the communication scenario involved in Fig. 5a will be exemplarily described below in conjunction with Fig. 7a to Fig. 7d, and implementation mode 1 (when it is a communication process of TDLS).

需要說明的是,在圖7a至圖7d所示場景中,某個AP和某個STA之間的雙直線表示該AP關聯於該STA(或稱該STA關聯於該AP)。此外,由於實現方式一涉及TDLS的通信過程,第一無線幀的發送方(例如第一STA)具體為non-AP MLD中的某一個STA,第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)具體為另一個non-AP MLD中的某一個STA,或者,第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)具體為單鏈路設備且該單鏈路設備為STA。It should be noted that, in the scenarios shown in FIG. 7a to FIG. 7d , a double straight line between a certain AP and a certain STA indicates that the AP is associated with the STA (or that the STA is associated with the AP). In addition, since the first implementation involves the TDLS communication process, the sender of the first wireless frame (such as the first STA) is specifically a certain STA in the non-AP MLD, and the receiver of the first wireless frame (such as the second STA) Specifically, it is a certain STA in another non-AP MLD, or, the receiver of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) is specifically a single-link device and the single-link device is an STA.

例如,在如圖7a所示場景中,第一STA為non-AP MLD(例如第一MLD)中的一個STA,第二STA為單鏈路設備。其中,第一STA所在的non-AP MLD為圖7a中的non-AP MLD1,第一STA可以為圖7a中的STA11,該STA11關聯於AP MLD中的AP11。For example, in the scenario shown in FIG. 7a , the first STA is an STA in a non-AP MLD (for example, the first MLD), and the second STA is a single-link device. Wherein, the non-AP MLD where the first STA is located is non-AP MLD1 in FIG. 7a, and the first STA may be STA11 in FIG. 7a, and the STA11 is associated with AP11 in the AP MLD.

由圖7a所示場景可知,由於STA11和STA21關聯於同一個BSS(即AP11所在的BSS),因此,STA21可以作為第二STA與第一STA之間基於TDLS進行通信。It can be known from the scenario shown in FIG. 7a that since STA11 and STA21 are associated with the same BSS (that is, the BSS where AP11 is located), STA21 can communicate with the first STA as the second STA based on TDLS.

又如,在如圖7b所示場景中,第一STA為non-AP MLD(例如第一MLD)中的一個STA,第二STA為單鏈路設備。第一STA所在的non-AP MLD為圖7b中的non-AP MLD1,第一STA可以為圖7a中的STA11,該STA11關聯於AP MLD1中的AP11。As another example, in the scenario shown in FIG. 7b , the first STA is an STA in a non-AP MLD (for example, the first MLD), and the second STA is a single-link device. The non-AP MLD where the first STA is located is non-AP MLD1 in FIG. 7b, and the first STA may be STA11 in FIG. 7a, and the STA11 is associated with AP11 in the AP MLD1.

其中,同一個多BSSID集合中的不同的AP使用的是相同的通信參數(例如操作集、通道號、天線埠等),使得關聯在同一個多BSSID集合中的不同的AP下的STA也有可能需要基於TDLS進行通信。為此,在圖7b中,由於AP31所在的BSS與AP11所在的BSS位於同一個多BSSID集合1(Same Multiple BSSID set 1)中,換言之,AP11和AP31位於同一個多BSSID集合中,因此,STA31可以作為第二STA與第一STA之間基於TDLS進行通信。Among them, different APs in the same multi-BSSID set use the same communication parameters (such as operation set, channel number, antenna port, etc.), making it possible for STAs associated with different APs in the same multi-BSSID set Communication based on TDLS is required. For this reason, in Figure 7b, since the BSS where AP31 is located and the BSS where AP11 is located are in the same multiple BSSID set 1 (Same Multiple BSSID set 1), in other words, AP11 and AP31 are in the same multiple BSSID set, therefore, STA31 It may be used as the communication between the second STA and the first STA based on TDLS.

又如,在如圖7c所示場景中,第一STA為non-AP MLD(例如第一MLD)中的一個STA,第二STA為另一個non-AP MLD(例如第二MLD)中的一個STA。其中,第一STA所在的non-AP MLD為圖7c中的non-AP MLD1,第一STA可以為圖7c中的STA11,該STA11關聯於AP MLD中的AP11。第二STA所在的non-AP MLD為圖7c中的non-AP MLD2,第二STA可以為圖7c中的STA41,該STA41關聯於AP MLD中的AP11。As another example, in the scenario shown in Figure 7c, the first STA is a STA in a non-AP MLD (such as the first MLD), and the second STA is a STA in another non-AP MLD (such as the second MLD). STA. Wherein, the non-AP MLD where the first STA is located is non-AP MLD1 in FIG. 7c, and the first STA may be STA11 in FIG. 7c, and the STA11 is associated with AP11 in the AP MLD. The non-AP MLD where the second STA is located is non-AP MLD2 in FIG. 7c, and the second STA may be STA41 in FIG. 7c, and the STA41 is associated with AP11 in the AP MLD.

由圖7c所示場景可知,由於STA41和STA11分別關聯於同一個BSS(即AP11所在的BSS),因此,STA41可以作為第二STA與第一STA之間基於TDLS進行通信。It can be seen from the scenario shown in FIG. 7c that since STA41 and STA11 are respectively associated with the same BSS (that is, the BSS where AP11 is located), STA41 can communicate with the first STA as the second STA based on TDLS.

又如,在如圖7d所示場景中,第一STA為non-AP MLD(例如第一MLD)中的一個STA,第二STA為另一個non-AP MLD(例如第二MLD)中的一個STA。其中,第一STA所在的non-AP MLD為圖7d中的non-AP MLD1,第一STA可以為圖7d中的STA11,該STA11關聯於AP MLD中的AP11。第二STA所在的non-AP MLD為圖7d中的non-AP MLD2,第二STA可以為圖7d中的STA51,該STA51關聯於AP MLD2中的AP51。As another example, in the scenario shown in Figure 7d, the first STA is an STA in a non-AP MLD (for example, the first MLD), and the second STA is one of another non-AP MLD (for example, the second MLD). STA. Wherein, the non-AP MLD where the first STA is located is non-AP MLD1 in FIG. 7d, and the first STA may be STA11 in FIG. 7d, and the STA11 is associated with AP11 in the AP MLD. The non-AP MLD where the second STA is located is non-AP MLD2 in FIG. 7d, and the second STA may be STA51 in FIG. 7d, and the STA51 is associated with AP51 in AP MLD2.

其中,同一個多BSSID集合中的不同的AP使用的是相同的通信參數(例如操作集、通道號、天線埠等),使得關聯在同一個多BSSID集合中的不同的AP下的STA也有可能需要基於TDLS進行通信。為此,在圖7d中,由於AP11所在的BSS與AP51所在的BSS位於同一個多BSSID集合1(Same Multiple BSSID set 1)中,換言之,AP11和AP51位於同一個多BSSID集合中,因此,STA51可以作為第二STA與第一STA之間基於TDLS進行通信。Among them, different APs in the same multi-BSSID set use the same communication parameters (such as operation set, channel number, antenna port, etc.), making it possible for STAs associated with different APs in the same multi-BSSID set Communication based on TDLS is required. Therefore, in Figure 7d, since the BSS where AP11 is located and the BSS where AP51 is located are located in the same multiple BSSID set 1 (Same Multiple BSSID set 1), in other words, AP11 and AP51 are located in the same multiple BSSID set, therefore, STA51 It may be used as the communication between the second STA and the first STA based on TDLS.

實現方式二,第一STA在步驟S101所生成的第一無線幀中,在該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於第一無線幀的除多鏈路元素之外的其他位置中,或者,該第一無線幀中不攜帶該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Implementation Mode 2: In the first wireless frame generated by the first STA in step S101, when the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA, the first STA The MAC address information of the first STA is located in other positions of the first radio frame except the multi-link element, or the first radio frame does not carry the MAC address information of the first STA.

從而,對於第一無線幀的發送方而言,基於該第一欄位可以實現在該多鏈路元素中靈活地設置多鏈路元素中是否包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。相應的,對於第一無線幀的接收方而言,基於該第一欄位靈活地選擇是否在多鏈路元素中接收該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Therefore, for the sender of the first radio frame, based on the first field, it is possible to flexibly set whether the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element. Correspondingly, for the receiver of the first wireless frame, it is possible to flexibly select whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field.

示例性的,在圖5a所示通信過程還可以為多鏈路設備之間的除TDLS之外的其他通信場景,有可能在該場景中第一無線幀的接收方無需獲知(或者在多鏈路元素之外的其他位置中)該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,例如關聯請求幀(或關聯回應幀)的收發場景,重關聯請求幀(或重關聯回應幀)的收發場景,或者是其他的場景,此處不做限定。Exemplarily, the communication process shown in FIG. 5a may also be a communication scenario between multi-link devices other than TDLS. It is possible that in this scenario, the receiver of the first wireless frame does not need to know (or In other locations other than the path element) the MAC address information of the first STA, such as the sending and receiving scene of the association request frame (or the association response frame), the sending and receiving scene of the re-association request frame (or the re-association response frame), or Other scenarios are not limited here.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀的發送和接收過程無需經過轉發設備的轉發而實現的過程中,第一無線幀可以在MAC Header欄位中攜帶該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。如前述圖2b所示框架格式的實現過程中,可以在A2欄位中攜帶該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得該第一無線幀的接收方可以在MAC Header欄位中接收該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。此外,由於第一無線幀無需在多鏈路元素攜帶與MAC Header欄位中相同的資訊(即第一STA的MAC位址資訊),在一定程度上可以減少冗餘數據的傳輸,提升通信效率。In a possible implementation manner, in the process of sending and receiving the first wireless frame without being forwarded by the forwarding device, the first wireless frame may carry the MAC address of the first STA in the MAC Header field Information. In the implementation process of the framework format shown in FIG. 2b, the MAC address information of the first STA may be carried in the A2 field. Wherein, the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address of the first STA in the MAC Header field address information. In addition, since the first wireless frame does not need to carry the same information as the MAC Header field in the multi-link element (that is, the MAC address information of the first STA), it can reduce redundant data transmission to a certain extent and improve communication efficiency .

在另一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀的接收方有可能需要無需獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,第一無線幀的接收方有可能僅需求多鏈路元素中的部分資訊,而無需獲知第一STA的MAC位址資訊。例如,第一無線幀的接收方需要獲知圖4所示多鏈路元素的框架格式中第一STA所在的MLD的“MLD MAC位址”,以實現與該MLD進行通信時,該第一無線幀的接收方無需獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。又如,第一無線幀的接收方需要獲知圖4所示多鏈路元素的框架格式中第一STA所在的MLD的其他STA的“每個STA x的簡介307”以實現與該MLD中其它STA進行通信時,該第一無線幀的接收方無需獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。In another possible implementation, the receiver of the first wireless frame may not need to know the MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the receiver of the first wireless frame may only need part of the information in the multi-link element, and does not need to know the MAC address information of the first STA. For example, the receiver of the first wireless frame needs to know the "MLD MAC address" of the MLD where the first STA is located in the frame format of the multi-link element shown in Figure 4, so that when communicating with the MLD, the first wireless frame The receiver of the frame does not need to know the MAC address information of the first STA. As another example, the receiver of the first radio frame needs to know the "Introduction 307 of each STA x" of other STAs in the MLD where the first STA is located in the frame format of the multi-link element shown in FIG. When the STA communicates, the receiver of the first wireless frame does not need to know the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,該第一無線幀還包括目標欄位,在該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該目標欄位包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊;其中,該目標欄位不同於該多鏈路元素。Optionally, the first radio frame further includes a target field, and when the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA, the target field includes the first MAC address information of the STA; wherein, the target field is different from the multi-link element.

可選的,該目標欄位可以為介質接入控制幀頭(medium access control header,MAC Header)欄位。Optionally, the target field may be a medium access control header (medium access control header, MAC Header) field.

可選的,在前述圖2b所示示例中,位於“幀體(Frame Body)”之前的其他資訊(例如“幀控制(Frame Control)、時長(Duration)、位址1(Address 1)、位址2(Address 2)、位址3(Address 3)、序列控制(Sequence Control)、位址4(Address 4)、服務品質控制(quality of service control,QoS Control)、高吞吐率控制(high throughput control,HT Control)”中的至少一項),可以稱為MAC Header(欄位)。Optionally, in the example shown in Figure 2b above, other information before the "Frame Body" (such as "Frame Control), Duration, Address 1, Address 2 (Address 2), Address 3 (Address 3), Sequence Control (Sequence Control), Address 4 (Address 4), Quality of Service Control (QoS Control), High Throughput Rate Control (high throughput control, HT Control)", which can be called MAC Header (field).

可選的,在該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一無線幀包括以下任一項:Optionally, when the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA, the first radio frame includes any of the following:

關聯請求幀、重關聯請求幀、關聯回應幀、重關聯回應幀或探測回應幀。Association request frame, reassociation request frame, association response frame, reassociation response frame or probe response frame.

可選的,在該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,圖5a所示實現方案對應的通信過程可以為多鏈路設備的關聯過程、重關聯過程、探測過程等。Optionally, when the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA, the communication process corresponding to the implementation shown in FIG. 5a may be an association process of a multi-link device , reassociation process, detection process, etc.

示例性的,下面將結合圖7a至圖7d對圖5a所涉及的通信場景,對實現方式二進行示例性描述。Exemplarily, the communication scenario involved in Fig. 5a will be exemplarily described below in conjunction with Fig. 7a to Fig. 7d to implement the second manner.

需要說明的是,在圖7a至圖7d所示場景中,某個AP和某個STA之間的雙直線表示該AP關聯於該STA(或稱該STA關聯於該AP)。此外,由於實現方式二涉及包含有多鏈路元素的第一無線幀的通信過程,一般地,第一無線幀的發送方(例如第一STA)具體為non-AP MLD中的某一個STA,第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)具體為一個AP MLD中的某一個AP(或單鏈路設備);或者,第一無線幀的發送方(例如第一STA)具體為AP MLD中的某一個AP,第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)具體為一個non-AP MLD中的某一個STA(或單鏈路設備);或者,第一無線幀的發送方(例如第一STA)具體為non-AP MLD中的某一個STA,第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)具體為另一個non-AP MLD中的某一個STA(或單鏈路設備);或者,第一無線幀的發送方(例如第一STA)具體為AP MLD中的某一個AP,第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)具體為另一個AP MLD中的某一個AP(或單鏈路設備)。下述示例中,僅以第一無線幀的發送方(例如第一STA)具體為non-AP MLD中的某一個STA,第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)具體為一個AP MLD中的某一個AP作為示例進行說明。It should be noted that, in the scenarios shown in FIG. 7a to FIG. 7d , a double straight line between a certain AP and a certain STA indicates that the AP is associated with the STA (or that the STA is associated with the AP). In addition, since the second implementation involves the communication process of the first wireless frame containing multi-link elements, generally, the sender of the first wireless frame (such as the first STA) is specifically a certain STA in the non-AP MLD, The receiver of the first wireless frame (such as the second STA) is specifically an AP (or single-link device) in an AP MLD; or, the sender of the first wireless frame (such as the first STA) is specifically the AP MLD For a certain AP in the MLD, the receiver of the first wireless frame (such as the second STA) is specifically a certain STA (or single-link device) in a non-AP MLD; or, the sender of the first wireless frame (such as The first STA) is specifically a certain STA in the non-AP MLD, and the receiver of the first wireless frame (such as the second STA) is specifically a certain STA (or single-link device) in another non-AP MLD; Alternatively, the sender of the first wireless frame (such as the first STA) is specifically an AP in the AP MLD, and the receiver of the first wireless frame (such as the second STA) is specifically a certain AP in another AP MLD ( or single-link devices). In the following example, only the sender of the first wireless frame (such as the first STA) is specifically a certain STA in the non-AP MLD, and the receiver of the first wireless frame (such as the second STA) is specifically an AP MLD An AP in is used as an example for illustration.

例如,在如圖7a所示場景中,實現方式二的方法可以應用於non-AP MLD1中任一STA與AP MLD中任一AP之間的通信過程,即第一STA可以為non-AP MLD1中任一STA,第二STA可以為AP MLD中任一AP。For example, in the scenario shown in Figure 7a, the method of implementation mode 2 can be applied to the communication process between any STA in non-AP MLD1 and any AP in AP MLD, that is, the first STA can be non-AP MLD1 Any STA in the AP MLD, and the second STA may be any AP in the AP MLD.

又如,在如圖7b所示場景中,實現方式二的方法可以應用於non-AP MLD1中任一STA與AP MLD中任一AP之間的通信過程,即第一STA可以為non-AP MLD1中任一STA,第二STA可以為AP MLD中任一AP。As another example, in the scenario shown in Figure 7b, the method for implementing the second method can be applied to the communication process between any STA in the non-AP MLD1 and any AP in the AP MLD, that is, the first STA can be a non-AP For any STA in MLD1, the second STA may be any AP in the AP MLD.

又如,在如圖7c所示場景中,實現方式二的方法可以應用於non-AP MLD1(或non-AP MLD2)中任一STA與AP MLD中任一AP之間的通信過程,即第一STA可以為non-AP MLD1(或non-AP MLD2)中任一STA,第二STA可以為AP MLD中任一AP。As another example, in the scenario shown in Figure 7c, the method of the second implementation method can be applied to the communication process between any STA in the non-AP MLD1 (or non-AP MLD2) and any AP in the AP MLD, that is, the second One STA can be any STA in non-AP MLD1 (or non-AP MLD2), and the second STA can be any AP in AP MLD.

又如,在如圖7d所示場景中,實現方式二的方法可以應用於non-AP MLD1中任一STA與AP MLD 1中任一AP之間的通信過程,即第一STA可以為non-AP MLD1(或non-AP MLD2)中任一STA,第二STA可以為AP MLD中任一AP。As another example, in the scenario shown in Figure 7d, the method of implementation mode 2 can be applied to the communication process between any STA in non-AP MLD1 and any AP in AP MLD 1, that is, the first STA can be a non-AP Any STA in AP MLD1 (or non-AP MLD2), and the second STA can be any AP in AP MLD.

又如,在如圖7d所示場景中,實現方式二的方法可以應用於non-AP MLD2中任一STA與AP MLD 2中任一AP之間的通信過程,即第一STA可以為non-AP MLD2中任一STA,第二STA可以為AP MLD 2中任一AP。As another example, in the scenario shown in Figure 7d, the method of implementation mode 2 can be applied to the communication process between any STA in non-AP MLD2 and any AP in AP MLD 2, that is, the first STA can be a non-AP Any STA in AP MLD2, and the second STA may be any AP in AP MLD 2.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該多鏈路元素包括用於指示該多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位。其中,在第一欄位指示該多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該第一欄位確定該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該多鏈路元素中。從而,通過在第一無線幀中設置用於指示多鏈路元素是否包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位,使得對於發送方的位址資訊的指示更加靈活,從而能適應多種通信場景。相應的,第一無線幀的接收方基於第一無線幀中的第一欄位靈活地選擇是否在多鏈路元素中接收第一STA的MAC位址資訊,並且在第一欄位指示多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,可以準確地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the MLD where the first STA is located, and the multi-link element includes a multi-link element used to indicate whether the multi-link element The first field includes the MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, when the first field indicates that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can determine the first STA based on the first field The MAC address information for is located in the multilink element. Therefore, by setting the first field for indicating whether the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA in the first radio frame, the indication of the address information of the sender is more flexible, thereby adapting to various communication scene. Correspondingly, the receiver of the first radio frame flexibly selects whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field in the first radio frame, and indicates the multi-link element in the first field When the path element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the MAC address information of the first STA can be accurately obtained.

請參閱圖6a,為本申請實施例提供的通信方法的一個示意圖,該方法包括如下步驟。Please refer to FIG. 6a , which is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the method includes the following steps.

S201.第一STA發送第一無線幀。S201. The first STA sends a first wireless frame.

本實施例中,第一STA在步驟S201中發送第一無線幀,相應的,第二STA在步驟S201中接收第一無線幀。其中,第一無線幀包括第一STA的MAC位址和多鏈路元素。In this embodiment, the first STA sends the first wireless frame in step S201, and correspondingly, the second STA receives the first wireless frame in step S201. Wherein, the first radio frame includes the MAC address of the first STA and the multi-link element.

可選的,該第一STA的MAC位址攜帶于多鏈路元素中;或者,該第一STA的MAC位址攜帶於第一無線幀中不同于多鏈路元素的其他資訊元素中。Optionally, the MAC address of the first STA is carried in a multi-link element; or, the MAC address of the first STA is carried in an information element different from the multi-link element in the first radio frame.

S202.第二STA發送第二無線幀。S202. The second STA sends a second radio frame.

本實施例中,第二STA在步驟S202中發送第二無線幀,相應的,第一STA在步驟S202中接收第二無線幀。In this embodiment, the second STA sends the second wireless frame in step S202, and correspondingly, the first STA receives the second wireless frame in step S202.

基於圖6a所示技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,第一STA在步驟S201所發送的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該第一多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該多鏈路元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the technical solution shown in Figure 6a, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame sent by the first STA in step S201 carries a multi-link element for indicating the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located. The first multi-link element includes MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first radio frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the multi-link element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the multi-link element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the A MAC address information of the STA.

可選的,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,第一無線幀的接收方可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊確定該第一無線幀的發送方為第一STA,第一無線幀的接收方在於另一個設備(即除了第一STA之外的其他設備)進行通信所發送的無線幀中,第一無線幀的接收方可以在該無線幀中攜帶的相關資訊用以指示該第一STA的相關特性。例如,該相關信息可以包括圖4所示多鏈路元素的框架格式中第一STA所在的MLD的“MLD MAC位址”,以實現向另一個設備指示該第一STA位於該MLD。又如,該相關資訊可以包括圖4所示多鏈路元素的框架格式中第一STA所在的MLD的其他STA的“每個STA x的簡介307”,以實現向另一個設備指示與該第一STA所在MLD中其它STA。Optionally, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the first wireless frame may determine the sending of the first wireless frame based on the MAC address information of the first STA The party is the first STA, and the receiver of the first wireless frame is in the wireless frame sent by another device (that is, other devices except the first STA) for communication. The receiver of the first wireless frame can be in the wireless frame The relevant information carried in is used to indicate the relevant characteristics of the first STA. For example, the relevant information may include the "MLD MAC address" of the MLD where the first STA is located in the frame format of the multi-link element shown in FIG. 4, so as to indicate to another device that the first STA is located in the MLD. As another example, the relevant information may include "a brief introduction 307 of each STA x" of other STAs in the MLD where the first STA is located in the frame format of the multi-link element shown in FIG. Other STAs in the MLD where the STA is located.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

示例性的,如前述對通道直接鏈路建立(tunneled direct link setup,TDLS)的介紹可知,在基於TDLS進行通信所傳輸的無線幀中,可以攜帶如圖2a所示的鏈路標識資訊元素。Exemplarily, as mentioned above in the introduction of tunneled direct link setup (TDLS), the radio frame transmitted based on TDLS communication may carry the link identification information element as shown in FIG. 2a.

若不涉及多鏈路通信場景,即當某個STA為單鏈路設備的情況下,該STA在發送無線幀時,可以將圖2a所示“TDLS發起者的站點位址”這一欄位的取值設置為該STA的MAC位址資訊,以指示該STA為該TDLS通信過程中的TDLS發起者。If the multi-link communication scenario is not involved, that is, when a certain STA is a single-link device, when the STA sends a wireless frame, the column "TDLS Initiator Site Address" shown in Figure 2a can be set to The value of the bit is set as the MAC address information of the STA to indicate that the STA is the TDLS initiator in the TDLS communication process.

若涉及多鏈路通信場景,即當某個STA為多鏈路設備中的某個STA的情況下,該STA作為發送方,可以執行圖6a所示通信過程,即該STA(即第一STA)所發送的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示該STA所在MLD的多鏈路資訊的多鏈路元素。If it involves a multi-link communication scenario, that is, when a certain STA is a certain STA in a multi-link device, the STA, as the sender, can perform the communication process shown in Figure 6a, that is, the STA (that is, the first STA ) The first radio frame sent by the STA carries a multi-link element used to indicate the multi-link information of the MLD where the STA is located.

其中,以步驟S201中第一STA所發送的第一無線幀為TDLS通信過程中所傳輸的TDLS發現請求幀為例進行說明。在第一無線幀中,鏈路標識資訊元素的TDLS initiator STA Address的欄位的取值可以為第一MLD的MLD MAC位址。這樣設置是為了使得AP向第二STA所轉發的資料幀的SA的取值與第一MLD的MLD MAC位址保持一致,進而使得第二STA在收到轉發的資料幀時,無論是根據SA,還是根據TDLS initiator STA Address,能夠獲得一致的發起者的位址,避免出現混亂。Wherein, the first radio frame sent by the first STA in step S201 is a TDLS discovery request frame transmitted during the TDLS communication process as an example for illustration. In the first radio frame, the value of the TDLS initiator STA Address field of the link identification information element may be the MLD MAC address of the first MLD. This setting is to make the SA value of the data frame forwarded by the AP to the second STA consistent with the MLD MAC address of the first MLD, so that when the second STA receives the forwarded data frame, whether it is based on the SA value , or according to the TDLS initiator STA Address, a consistent initiator address can be obtained to avoid confusion.

具體地,TDLS發現請求幀可以是包裹在第一STA向第一STA關聯的AP發送的某個資料幀(記為第一資料幀)中,其中,第一資料幀的框架格式可參考圖5b所示。相比於圖2b,圖5b詳細描述了“幀體(Frame Body)”所包含的資訊。其中,TDLS發現請求幀具體可以承載於“幀體(Frame Body)”中,如圖5b所示,“幀體(Frame Body)”包括如下資訊:Specifically, the TDLS discovery request frame may be wrapped in a certain data frame (denoted as the first data frame) sent by the first STA to the AP associated with the first STA, where the frame format of the first data frame can refer to Figure 5b shown. Compared with Figure 2b, Figure 5b describes in detail the information contained in the "Frame Body". Among them, the TDLS discovery request frame can be specifically carried in the "Frame Body (Frame Body)", as shown in Figure 5b, the "Frame Body (Frame Body)" includes the following information:

類別(Category)、TDLS動作(TDLS Action)、對話權杖(Dialog Token)、鏈路標識資訊元素(Link Identifier)、多鏈路元素(Multi-Link element)。Category, TDLS Action, Dialog Token, Link Identifier, and Multi-Link element.

在第一資料幀中,該第一資料幀的Address 1為AP的MAC位址,Address 2為第一STA的位址,Address 3為第二MLD的MLD MAC位址。In the first data frame, Address 1 of the first data frame is the MAC address of the AP, Address 2 is the address of the first STA, and Address 3 is the MLD MAC address of the second MLD.

此後,由於所述TDLS發現請求幀被AP轉發時,是攜帶在另一個資料幀(記為第二資料幀)中發送的(第二資料幀的框架格式可參考8a所示)。其中,在第二資料幀中,該第二資料幀的Address 1為第二STA的MAC位址,Address 2為AP的MAC位址(注:由於可能在其他的鏈路上轉發,因此該位址可能與第一資料幀中的AP的MAC位址不同),Address 3為第一MLD的MLD MAC位址。導致第二STA在接收到第二資料幀時,無法獲知第一STA的MAC位址,從而無法在TDLS發現過程中獲得第一STA的位址資訊。Thereafter, when the TDLS discovery request frame is forwarded by the AP, it is carried in another data frame (referred to as the second data frame) and sent (the frame format of the second data frame can be referred to as shown in 8a). Wherein, in the second data frame, Address 1 of the second data frame is the MAC address of the second STA, and Address 2 is the MAC address of the AP (Note: Since it may be forwarded on other links, this address may be different from the MAC address of the AP in the first data frame), and Address 3 is the MLD MAC address of the first MLD. As a result, the second STA cannot obtain the MAC address of the first STA when receiving the second data frame, and thus cannot obtain the address information of the first STA during the TDLS discovery process.

為了解決這一問題,第一STA在發送TDLS發現請求幀時,可以在承載該TDLS發現請求幀的第一資料幀中攜帶該第一STA的MAC位址。其中,第一STA的MAC位址可以承載於該第一資料幀的多鏈路元素中。In order to solve this problem, when the first STA sends the TDLS discovery request frame, it may carry the MAC address of the first STA in the first data frame carrying the TDLS discovery request frame. Wherein, the MAC address of the first STA may be carried in the multi-link element of the first data frame.

為此,在該場景中,第一STA可以在第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素中攜帶第一欄位,通過該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,以便於第二STA基於該第一欄位確定該第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素中攜帶該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。使得第二STA在需要獲取該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,可以基於該第一欄位的指示接收該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。For this reason, in this scenario, the first STA may carry a first field in the multi-link element in the first radio frame, and the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element includes the first STA's MAC address information, so that the second STA determines based on the first field that the multi-link element in the first radio frame carries the MAC address information of the first STA. When the second STA needs to obtain the MAC address information of the first STA, it can receive the MAC address information of the first STA based on the indication of the first field.

在一些可能的實現方式中,第二STA在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,還可以基於該該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信。In some possible implementation manners, after the second STA obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, it may also communicate with the first STA based on TDLS based on the MAC address information of the first STA.

具體地,圖6a中步驟S201和步驟S202的通信過程可以應用於TDLS的通信過程。一般地,由前述對TDLS實現過程的描述可知,TDLS的通信過程的目的在於建立(位於同一個BSS中的)不同STA之間的通信鏈路。其中,第一STA具體為non-AP MLD(例如第一MLD)中的一個STA,第二STA可以為單鏈路設備,也可以為另一個non-AP MLD(例如第二MLD)中的一個STA。Specifically, the communication process of step S201 and step S202 in FIG. 6a can be applied to the communication process of TDLS. Generally, it can be known from the foregoing description of the TDLS implementation process that the purpose of the TDLS communication process is to establish communication links between different STAs (located in the same BSS). Wherein, the first STA is specifically a STA in the non-AP MLD (for example, the first MLD), and the second STA may be a single-link device, or one of another non-AP MLD (for example, the second MLD). STA.

示例性的,圖6a所示場景可以應用於圖7a至圖7d所示場景中,其中,第一STA和第二STA之間的關聯關係可以參考前述圖5a所示“實現方式一”的實現過程。Exemplarily, the scenario shown in FIG. 6a can be applied to the scenarios shown in FIG. 7a to FIG. 7d, wherein, the association relationship between the first STA and the second STA can refer to the implementation of "Implementation Mode 1" shown in FIG. 5a. process.

在一種可能的實現方式中,若第二STA為MLD中的某一個STA,由於該第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD中的鏈路資訊的多鏈路元素,使得第二STA在步驟S201中接收來自第一STA第一無線幀之後,第二STA所在的第二MLD可以基於該第一無線幀確定相關鏈路資訊,以實現第一MLD與第二MLD之間基於TDLS進行通信。In a possible implementation, if the second STA is a certain STA in the MLD, since the multi-link element in the first radio frame is used to indicate the multi-link so that after the second STA receives the first radio frame from the first STA in step S201, the second MLD where the second STA is located can determine related link information based on the first radio frame, so as to realize the connection between the first MLD and the second STA. The communication between the two MLDs is based on TDLS.

具體地,若第一STA所在的第一MLD中存在於第二STA位於相同鏈路上的STA,則第二STA可以基於該第一無線幀與該STA之間基於TDLS進行通信。此外,第二STA所在的第二MLD中的其他STA也可以與第一MLD實現基於TDLS進行通信。為便於描述,第二STA所在第二MLD中的除了第二STA之外的其他STA可以記為目標STA,若第一MLD中存在與該目標STA位於相同鏈路上的STA(記為關聯STA),則該目標STA可以通過多種方式確定該關聯STA的鏈路資訊,以實現目標STA與關聯STA之間基於TDLS進行通信。其中,第二MLD所包含的多個STA(包括第二STA和目標STA)之間的資訊交互過程可以參考前述圖1所示場景的描述。Specifically, if there is an STA on the same link as the second STA in the first MLD where the first STA resides, the second STA may communicate with the STA based on the first radio frame based on TDLS. In addition, other STAs in the second MLD where the second STA is located may also communicate with the first MLD based on TDLS. For the convenience of description, other STAs except the second STA in the second MLD where the second STA is located can be recorded as target STAs, if there is an STA on the same link as the target STA in the first MLD (recorded as associated STA) , then the target STA can determine the link information of the associated STA in various ways, so as to implement communication between the target STA and the associated STA based on TDLS. For the information interaction process between multiple STAs (including the second STA and the target STA) included in the second MLD, reference may be made to the description of the scene shown in FIG. 1 above.

一種可能的實現方式中,第二STA(中的處理器)基於第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素確定該關聯STA的鏈路資訊,並將該關聯STA的鏈路資訊發送給目標STA。In a possible implementation manner, the second STA (the processor in it) determines the link information of the associated STA based on the multi-link element in the first radio frame, and sends the link information of the associated STA to the target STA.

另一種可能的實現方式中,第二STA接收得到第一無線幀之後,第二STA將該第一無線幀(或第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素)發送給目標STA,使得目標STA(中的處理器)基於該第一無線幀(或第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素)確定該關聯STA的鏈路資訊。In another possible implementation manner, after the second STA receives the first radio frame, the second STA sends the first radio frame (or the multi-link elements in the first radio frame) to the target STA, so that the target STA ( The processor in the method) determines the link information of the associated STA based on the first radio frame (or the multi-link element in the first radio frame).

另一種可能的實現方式中,第二STA接收得到第一無線幀之後,第二MLD(中公共的處理器)基於該第一無線幀確定該關聯STA的鏈路資訊,並將該關聯STA的鏈路資訊發送給目標STA。In another possible implementation manner, after the second STA receives the first wireless frame, the second MLD (the common processor in it) determines the link information of the associated STA based on the first wireless frame, and sends the associated STA's link information to The link information is sent to the target STA.

在圖6a所示方案中,第一STA在步驟S201中發送第一無線幀中,第一STA的MAC位址可以位於第一無線幀中的不同位置中,例如,該第一STA的MAC位址位於多鏈路元素中;或者,該第一STA的MAC位址位於第一無線幀中不同于多鏈路元素的其他資訊元素中。In the solution shown in Figure 6a, when the first STA sends the first wireless frame in step S201, the MAC address of the first STA may be located in different positions in the first wireless frame, for example, the MAC address of the first STA The address is located in the multi-link element; or, the MAC address of the first STA is located in other information elements different from the multi-link element in the first radio frame.

下面將通過多種實現方式進行說明。The following will describe through multiple implementation manners.

實現方式一、第一STA的MAC位址位於第一無線幀的多鏈路元素中。Implementation manner 1: The MAC address of the first STA is located in the multi-link element of the first radio frame.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一多鏈路元素包括公共資訊欄位,該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該公共資訊欄位中。具體地,該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該第一無線幀所包含的第一多鏈路元素的公共資訊欄位中,使得第一無線幀的接收方在步驟S202中可以基於該公共資訊欄位確定該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first multi-link element includes a public information field, and the MAC address information of the first STA is located in the public information field. Specifically, the MAC address information of the first STA is located in the public information field of the first multi-link element included in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can use the public information in step S202 The information field specifies the MAC address information of the first STA.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一多鏈路元素包括第一欄位,該第一欄位用於指示該第一多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first multi-link element includes a first field, where the first field is used to indicate whether the first multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,在該第一欄位的取值為第一取值時,該第一欄位用於指示該第一多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the first field is the first value, the first field is used to indicate that the first multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,在該第一欄位的取值為第二取值時,該第一欄位用於指示該第一多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the first field is the second value, the first field is used to indicate that the first multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,第一取值不同於第二取值。Optionally, the first value is different from the second value.

示例性的,第一欄位可以通過一個比特或多個比特實現,此處以一個比特的實現過程作為示例進行描述,即第一欄位對應的取值可以為“1”或“0”。Exemplarily, the first field can be realized by one bit or multiple bits, and the realization process of one bit is used as an example for description here, that is, the value corresponding to the first field can be "1" or "0".

例如,第一取值為“1”且第二取值為“0”時,第一欄位通過第一取值(即取值為“1”)指示該多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊,第一欄位通過第二取值(即取值為“0”)指示該多鏈路元素不包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。For example, when the first value is "1" and the second value is "0", the first field indicates that the multi-link element includes the first STA's For the MAC address information, the first field indicates that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA through the second value (ie, the value is "0").

又如,第一取值為“0”且第二取值為“1”時,第一欄位通過第一取值(即取值為“0”)指示該多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊,第一欄位通過第二取值(即取值為“1”)指示該多鏈路元素不包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。As another example, when the first value is "0" and the second value is "1", the first field indicates that the multi-link element includes the first STA through the first value (that is, the value is "0") The MAC address information of the first STA indicates that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA through the second value (that is, the value is "1").

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一欄位位於該第一多鏈路元素中的出現點陣圖欄位中。具體地,該第一欄位位於該第一無線幀所包含的多鏈路元素的出現點陣圖欄位中,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以基於該出現點陣圖欄位確定該第一欄位。In a possible implementation manner, the first field is located in a bitmap field in the first multi-link element. Specifically, the first field is located in the appearance bitmap field of the multi-link element included in the first radio frame, so that the receiver of the first radio frame can determine the first bitmap field based on the appearance bitmap field. a field.

示例性的,以圖4的框架格式為多鏈路元素的一個實現示例。作為一種可選的實現方式,出現點陣圖(Presence Bitmap)欄位具體可以為圖4中的欄位k出現(324),其中,欄位k出現(324)中的一個(或多個)比特作為該第一欄位。Exemplarily, the framework format in FIG. 4 is used as an implementation example of a multi-link element. As an optional implementation, the field of the Presence Bitmap (Presence Bitmap) can specifically be the appearance (324) of the field k in Figure 4, wherein one (or more) of the appearance (324) of the field k bit as the first field.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀還包括第一資訊元素,該第一資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址。具體地,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第一STA所發送的第一無線幀還可以包含有第一資訊元素,其中,該第一資訊元素至少包括用於指示TDLS發起者(TDLS initiator)的發起者的位址資訊,以及用於指示TDLS回應者(TDLS responder)的回應者的位址資訊。其中,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址,用以指示該TDLS發起者為第一STA所在的第一MLD。In a possible implementation manner, the first wireless frame further includes a first information element, where the first information element includes address information of the initiator and address information of the responder, and the address information of the initiator is the A MAC address of the first MLD where the STA is located. Specifically, this solution can be applied to a TDLS-based transmission process, and the first radio frame sent by the first STA can also include a first information element, where the first information element at least includes a method for indicating the TDLS initiator (TDLS initiator) and the address information of the responder used to indicate the TDLS responder (TDLS responder). Wherein, the address information of the initiator is the MAC address of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and is used to indicate that the TDLS initiator is the first MLD where the first STA is located.

可選的,該第一資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素(Link Identifier element)。其中,鏈路標識資訊元素的框架格式可以參考前述圖2a所示實現過程。Optionally, the first information element is a link identifier information element (Link Identifier element). Wherein, the framework format of the link identification information element can refer to the implementation process shown in the aforementioned FIG. 2a.

在一種可能的實現方式中,在該第一無線幀中,該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的MAC位址資訊或該第二STA所在的第二MLD的MAC位址資訊。具體地,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,當TDLS回應者為多鏈路設備時,第一資訊元素中的回應者的位址資訊可以為第二STA所在的第二MLD的MAC位址資訊;當TDLS回應者為單鏈路設備時,第一資訊元素中的回應者的位址資訊可以為第二STA的MAC位址資訊。使得方案可以應用於多種不同的場景。In a possible implementation manner, in the first wireless frame, the address information of the responder is the MAC address information of the second STA or the MAC address information of the second MLD where the second STA is located. Specifically, this solution can be applied to the transmission process based on TDLS. When the TDLS responder is a multi-link device, the address information of the responder in the first information element can be the MAC bit of the second MLD where the second STA is located. address information; when the TDLS responder is a single-link device, the address information of the responder in the first information element may be the MAC address information of the second STA. This enables the scheme to be applied to many different scenarios.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第二無線幀的實現也可以類似於第一無線幀的實現過程。其中,該第二無線幀包括第二STA所在的第二MLD對應的第二多鏈路元素,其中,該第二多鏈路元素包括該第二STA的MAC位址。具體地,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第一無線幀的接收方為多鏈路設備時,第二無線幀作為該第一無線幀的回應幀,該第二無線幀也可以包括第二STA所在的第二MLD對應的第二多鏈路元素,其中,該第二多鏈路元素包括該第二STA的MAC位址。使得該第二無線幀的接收方(例如第一STA)可以基於該第二多鏈路元素確定第二STA的MAC位址資訊,後續第二無線幀的接收方基於該第二STA的MAC位址資訊與第二STA通信。In a possible implementation manner, this solution may be applied to a TDLS-based transmission process, and the implementation of the second radio frame may also be similar to the implementation of the first radio frame. Wherein, the second radio frame includes a second multi-link element corresponding to the second MLD where the second STA is located, where the second multi-link element includes the MAC address of the second STA. Specifically, this solution can be applied to the transmission process based on TDLS. When the receiver of the first wireless frame is a multi-link device, the second wireless frame is used as the response frame of the first wireless frame, and the second wireless frame can also include A second multi-link element corresponding to the second MLD where the second STA is located, where the second multi-link element includes the MAC address of the second STA. The receiver of the second wireless frame (such as the first STA) can determine the MAC address information of the second STA based on the second multi-link element, and the receiver of the second wireless frame can determine the MAC address information of the second STA based on the MAC address information of the second STA. The address information is communicated with the second STA.

可選的,該第二多鏈路元素包括公共資訊欄位,該第二STA的MAC位址資訊位於該公共資訊欄位中。具體地,該第二STA的MAC位址資訊位於該第二無線幀所包含的第二多鏈路元素的公共資訊欄位中,使得第二無線幀的接收方可以基於該公共資訊欄位確定該第二STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, the second multi-link element includes a public information field, and the MAC address information of the second STA is located in the public information field. Specifically, the MAC address information of the second STA is located in the public information field of the second multi-link element included in the second radio frame, so that the recipient of the second radio frame can determine based on the public information field MAC address information of the second STA.

可選的,該第二多鏈路元素包括第二欄位,該第二欄位用於指示該第二多鏈路元素是否包括該第二STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, the second multi-link element includes a second field, and the second field is used to indicate whether the second multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the second STA.

可選的,在該第二欄位的取值為第一取值時,該第二欄位用於指示該第二多鏈路元素包括該第二STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the second field is the first value, the second field is used to indicate that the second multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the second STA.

可選的,在該第二欄位的取值為第二取值時,該第二欄位用於指示該第二多鏈路元素不包括該第二STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the second field is the second value, the second field is used to indicate that the second multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the second STA.

可選的,第一取值不同於第二取值。Optionally, the first value is different from the second value.

示例性的,第二欄位可以通過一個比特或多個比特實現,此處以一個比特的實現過程作為示例進行描述,即第二欄位對應的取值可以為“1”或“0”。Exemplarily, the second field can be realized by one bit or multiple bits, and the realization process of one bit is used as an example for description here, that is, the value corresponding to the second field can be "1" or "0".

例如,第一取值為“1”且第二取值為“0”時,第二欄位通過第一取值(即取值為“1”)指示該第二多鏈路元素包括該第二STA的MAC位址資訊,第二欄位通過第二取值(即取值為“0”)指示該第二多鏈路元素不包括該第二STA的MAC位址資訊。For example, when the first value is "1" and the second value is "0", the second field indicates that the second multi-link element includes the second For the MAC address information of the second STA, the second field indicates that the second multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the second STA through a second value (ie, the value is "0").

又如,第一取值為“0”且第二取值為“1”時,第二欄位通過第一取值(即取值為“0”)指示該第二多鏈路元素包括該第二STA的MAC位址資訊,第二欄位通過第二取值(即取值為“1”)指示該第二多鏈路元素不包括該第二STA的MAC位址資訊。As another example, when the first value is "0" and the second value is "1", the second field indicates that the second multi-link element includes the For the MAC address information of the second STA, the second field indicates that the second multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the second STA through a second value (ie, the value is "1").

在第一種可能的實現方式中,該第二欄位位於該多鏈路元素中的出現點陣圖欄位中。具體地,該第二欄位位於該第二無線幀所包含的第二多鏈路元素的出現點陣圖欄位中,使得第二無線幀的接收方可以基於該出現點陣圖欄位確定該第二欄位。In a first possible implementation manner, the second field is located in the appearance bitmap field of the multilink element. Specifically, the second field is located in the appearance bitmap field of the second multi-link element included in the second radio frame, so that the receiver of the second radio frame can determine based on the appearance bitmap field the second field.

示例性的,以圖4的框架格式為多鏈路元素的一個實現示例。作為一種可選的實現方式,出現點陣圖(Presence Bitmap)欄位具體可以為圖4中的欄位k出現(324),其中,欄位k出現(324)中的一個(或多個)比特作為該第一欄位。Exemplarily, the framework format in FIG. 4 is used as an implementation example of a multi-link element. As an optional implementation, the field of the Presence Bitmap (Presence Bitmap) can specifically be the appearance (324) of the field k in Figure 4, wherein one (or more) of the appearance (324) of the field k bit as the first field.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀還包括第二資訊元素,該第二資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊。具體地,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第二STA所發送的第二無線幀還可以包含有第二資訊元素,其中,該第二資訊元素至少包括用於指示TDLS發起者(TDLS initiator)的發起者的位址資訊,以及用於指示TDLS回應者(TDLS responder)的回應者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second radio frame further includes a second information element, where the second information element includes address information of the initiator and address information of the responder. Specifically, this solution may be applied to a TDLS-based transmission process, and the second radio frame sent by the second STA may further include a second information element, where the second information element at least includes information for indicating the TDLS initiator (TDLS initiator) and the address information of the responder used to indicate the TDLS responder (TDLS responder).

可選的,該第二資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素(Link Identifier element)。其中,鏈路標識資訊元素的框架格式可以參考前述圖2a所示實現過程。Optionally, the second information element is a link identifier information element (Link Identifier element). Wherein, the framework format of the link identification information element can refer to the implementation process shown in the aforementioned FIG. 2a.

在一種可能的實現方式中,在該第二資訊元素中,該發起者的位址資訊為以下任一項:In a possible implementation manner, in the second information element, the initiator's address information is any of the following:

該第一STA的MAC位址;或,the MAC address of the first STA; or,

該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址;或,The MAC address of the first MLD where the first STA is located; or,

第三STA的MAC位址,其中,該第三STA與該第一STA均位於第一MLD中,且該第二STA所在的BSS的BSSID和該第三STA所在的BSS的BSSID相同。The MAC address of the third STA, where the third STA and the first STA are located in the first MLD, and the BSSID of the BSS where the second STA is located is the same as the BSSID of the BSS where the third STA is located.

具體地,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第二STA所發送的第二無線幀還可以包含有第二資訊元素。該第二STA可以通過上述多種實現方式指示該第二資訊元素中的發起者的位址資訊。Specifically, this solution may be applied to a TDLS-based transmission process, and the second radio frame sent by the second STA may also include a second information element. The second STA may indicate the originator's address information in the second information element through the above-mentioned multiple implementation manners.

此處以圖7c所示的場景作為示例進行說明,其中,第一STA為STA11時,第二STA可以為STA41或STA42。Here, the scenario shown in FIG. 7c is taken as an example for illustration, where, when the first STA is STA11, the second STA may be STA41 or STA42.

例如,當第二STA為STA41時,由於STA11和STA41位於同一條鏈路(或稱STA11和STA41關聯於同一個AP,即AP11),因此STA41作為第二STA所發送的第二無線幀中的鏈路標識資訊元素中,發起者的位址資訊可以設置為該第一STA的MAC位址,即STA11的MAC位址資訊(或,發起者的位址資訊可以設置為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址,即non-AP MLD1的MAC位址資訊)。由於STA41接收來自第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素,使得STA41所在的non-AP MLD2可以通過該多鏈路元素確定STA11所在的non-AP MLD1的鏈路資訊,使得AP11所在鏈路中的位於不同non-AP MLD的多個STA(即STA41和STA11,以及STA42和STA12)之間可以基於TDLS通信。For example, when the second STA is STA41, since STA11 and STA41 are located on the same link (or STA11 and STA41 are associated with the same AP, that is, AP11), STA41 serves as the second radio frame sent by the second STA. In the link identification information element, the address information of the initiator can be set to the MAC address of the first STA, that is, the MAC address information of STA11 (or, the address information of the initiator can be set to the address information of the first STA. The MAC address of the first MLD, that is, the MAC address information of the non-AP MLD1). Since STA41 receives the multi-link element from the first wireless frame, the non-AP MLD2 where STA41 is located can determine the link information of the non-AP MLD1 where STA11 is located through the multi-link element, so that the link information of the non-AP MLD1 where AP11 is located Multiple STAs located in different non-AP MLDs (that is, STA41 and STA11, and STA42 and STA12) can communicate based on TDLS.

又如,當第二STA為STA42時,由於STA22和STA42位於同一條鏈路(或稱STA22和STA42關聯於同一個AP,即AP12),因此STA42作為第二STA所發送的第二無線幀中的鏈路標識資訊元素中,發起者的位址資訊可以設置為該第三STA的MAC位址,即STA12的MAC位址資訊(或,發起者的位址資訊可以設置為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址,即non-AP MLD1的MAC位址資訊)。由於STA42接收來自第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素,使得STA42所在的non-AP MLD2可以通過該多鏈路元素確定STA12所在的non-AP MLD1的鏈路資訊,使得AP11所在鏈路中的位於不同non-AP MLD的多個STA(即STA42和STA12,以及STA41和STA11)之間可以基於TDLS通信。As another example, when the second STA is STA42, since STA22 and STA42 are located on the same link (or STA22 and STA42 are associated with the same AP, that is, AP12), STA42 is sent as the second STA in the second wireless frame In the link identification information element of the link, the address information of the initiator can be set as the MAC address of the third STA, that is, the MAC address information of STA12 (or, the address information of the initiator can be set as the address information of the first STA. The MAC address of the first MLD, that is, the MAC address information of the non-AP MLD1). Since STA42 receives the multi-link element from the first wireless frame, the non-AP MLD2 where STA42 is located can determine the link information of the non-AP MLD1 where STA12 is located through the multi-link element, so that the link information of the non-AP MLD1 where STA11 is located Multiple STAs located in different non-AP MLDs (that is, STA42 and STA12, and STA41 and STA11) can communicate based on TDLS.

在一種可能的實現方式中,在該第二資訊元素中,該回應者的位址資訊為以下任一項:In a possible implementation manner, in the second information element, the address information of the respondent is any of the following:

第二STA的MAC位址;或,the MAC address of the second STA; or,

第二STA所在的第二MLD的MAC位址。The MAC address of the second MLD where the second STA is located.

具體地,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第二STA所發送的第二無線幀還可以包含有第二資訊元素。該第二STA可以通過上述多種實現方式指示該第二資訊元素中的回應者的位址資訊。Specifically, this solution may be applied to a TDLS-based transmission process, and the second radio frame sent by the second STA may also include a second information element. The second STA may indicate address information of the respondent in the second information element through the above-mentioned various implementation manners.

基於實現方式一所示的技術方案,在WLAN通信的應用於TDLS的傳輸過程中,第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該第一多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該多鏈路元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the technical solution shown in the first implementation mode, in the transmission process of WLAN communication applied to TDLS, the first radio frame carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located. A multi-link element includes MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first radio frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the multi-link element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the multi-link element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the A MAC address information of the STA.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

實現方式二、第一STA的MAC位址位於第一無線幀的不同于多鏈路元素的其他資訊元素中。Implementation Mode 2: The MAC address of the first STA is located in other information elements different from the multi-link element in the first radio frame.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素(Link Identifier element),其中,該鏈路標識資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA的MAC位址資訊(或表述為,第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於鏈路標識資訊元素中),該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的位址資訊或該第二STA所在的MLD的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first information element is a link identifier information element (Link Identifier element), where the link identifier information element includes address information of the initiator and address information of the responder, and the initiator The address information of the responder is the MAC address information of the first STA (or expressed as, the MAC address information of the first STA is located in the link identification information element), and the address information of the responder is the bit of the second STA Address information or address information of the MLD where the second STA is located.

具體地,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第一STA所發送的第一無線幀所包含的第一資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素,其中,該鏈路標識資訊元素至少包括用於指示TDLS發起者(TDLS initiator)的發起者的位址資訊,以及用於指示TDLS回應者(TDLS responder)的回應者的位址資訊。其中,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA的MAC位址,用以指示該TDLS發起者為第一STA。Specifically, this solution can be applied to a TDLS-based transmission process, and the first information element contained in the first radio frame sent by the first STA is a link identification information element, wherein the link identification information element includes at least The address information indicating the initiator of the TDLS initiator (TDLS initiator), and the address information of the responder indicating the TDLS responder (TDLS responder). Wherein, the address information of the initiator is the MAC address of the first STA, which is used to indicate that the TDLS initiator is the first STA.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀還包括鏈路標識資訊元素,該鏈路標識資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址資訊,該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的位址資訊或該第二STA所在的MLD的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first wireless frame further includes a link identification information element, where the link identification information element includes address information of the initiator and address information of the responder, and the address information of the initiator is The MAC address information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and the address information of the responder is the address information of the second STA or the address information of the MLD where the second STA is located.

可選的,第一資訊元素不同于多鏈路元素且第一資訊元素不同于鏈路標識資訊元素。換言之,該第一資訊元素為不同于鏈路標識資訊元素且不同于多鏈路元素的其他資訊元素。Optionally, the first information element is different from the multi-link element and the first information element is different from the link identification information element. In other words, the first information element is another information element that is different from the link identification information element and different from the multi-link element.

具體地,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第一STA所發送的第一無線幀中除了第一資訊元素和多鏈路元素之外,第一無線幀還包括鏈路標識資訊元素。其中,該鏈路標識資訊元素至少包括用於指示TDLS發起者(TDLS initiator)的發起者的位址資訊,以及用於指示TDLS回應者(TDLS responder)的回應者的位址資訊。其中,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址,用以指示該TDLS發起者為第一STA所在的第一MLD。Specifically, this solution can be applied to a TDLS-based transmission process. In the first radio frame sent by the first STA, in addition to the first information element and the multi-link element, the first radio frame also includes a link identification information element. Wherein, the link identification information element at least includes address information for indicating a TDLS initiator (TDLS initiator), and address information for indicating a TDLS responder (TDLS responder). Wherein, the address information of the initiator is the MAC address of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and is used to indicate that the TDLS initiator is the first MLD where the first STA is located.

可選的,鏈路標識資訊元素的框架格式可以參考前述圖2a所示實現過程。Optionally, for the framework format of the link identification information element, reference may be made to the implementation process shown in FIG. 2a.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀包括第二資訊元素和第二多鏈路元素,該第二資訊元素包括第二站點STA的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second radio frame includes a second information element and a second multi-link element, where the second information element includes MAC address information of the second station STA.

具體地,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第一無線幀的接收方為多鏈路設備時,第二無線幀作為該第一無線幀的回應幀,該第二無線幀也可以包括第二STA所在的第二MLD對應的第二多鏈路元素以及第二資訊元素,其中,該第二資訊元素包括該第二STA的MAC位址。使得該第二無線幀的接收方(例如第一STA)可以基於該第二資訊元素確定第二STA的MAC位址資訊,後續第二無線幀的接收方基於該第二STA的MAC位址資訊與第二STA通信。Specifically, this solution can be applied to the transmission process based on TDLS. When the receiver of the first wireless frame is a multi-link device, the second wireless frame is used as the response frame of the first wireless frame, and the second wireless frame can also include The second multi-link element and the second information element corresponding to the second MLD where the second STA is located, wherein the second information element includes the MAC address of the second STA. So that the recipient of the second wireless frame (for example, the first STA) can determine the MAC address information of the second STA based on the second information element, and the recipient of the subsequent second wireless frame can determine the MAC address information of the second STA based on the second information element. Communicate with the second STA.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素,其中,該鏈路標識資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第二STA的MAC位址資訊(或表述為,第二STA的MAC位址資訊位於鏈路標識資訊元素中),該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的位址資訊或該第二STA所在的MLD的位址資訊。In a possible implementation, the second information element is a link identification information element, where the link identification information element includes the address information of the initiator and the address information of the responder, and the address information of the initiator is the MAC address information of the second STA (or expressed as, the MAC address information of the second STA is located in the link identification information element), and the address information of the responder is the address information of the second STA or the second STA 2. Address information of the MLD where the STA is located.

具體地,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第二STA所發送的第二無線幀所包含的第二資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素,其中,該鏈路標識資訊元素至少包括用於指示TDLS發起者(TDLS initiator)的發起者的位址資訊,以及用於指示TDLS回應者(TDLS responder)的回應者的位址資訊。其中,該回應者的位址資訊為該第二STA的MAC位址,用以指示該TDLS回應者為第二STA。Specifically, this solution can be applied to a transmission process based on TDLS, and the second information element included in the second radio frame sent by the second STA is a link identification information element, wherein the link identification information element includes at least The address information indicating the initiator of the TDLS initiator (TDLS initiator), and the address information of the responder indicating the TDLS responder (TDLS responder). Wherein, the address information of the responder is the MAC address of the second STA, which is used to indicate that the TDLS responder is the second STA.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀還包括鏈路標識資訊元素,該鏈路標識資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址資訊,該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的位址資訊或該第二STA所在的MLD的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first wireless frame further includes a link identification information element, where the link identification information element includes address information of the initiator and address information of the responder, and the address information of the initiator is The MAC address information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and the address information of the responder is the address information of the second STA or the address information of the MLD where the second STA is located.

可選的,第二資訊元素不同于多鏈路元素且第一資訊元素不同于鏈路標識資訊元素。換言之,該第二資訊元素為不同于鏈路標識資訊元素且不同于多鏈路元素的其他資訊元素。Optionally, the second information element is different from the multi-link element and the first information element is different from the link identification information element. In other words, the second information element is other information elements that are different from the link identification information element and different from the multi-link element.

具體地,該方案可以應用於基於TDLS的傳輸過程,第二STA所發送的第二無線幀中除了第二資訊元素和多鏈路元素之外,第二無線幀還包括鏈路標識資訊元素。其中,該鏈路標識資訊元素至少包括用於指示TDLS發起者(TDLS initiator)的發起者的位址資訊,以及用於指示TDLS回應者(TDLS responder)的回應者的位址資訊。其中,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址資訊,用以指示該TDLS發起者為第一STA所在的第一MLD。Specifically, this solution can be applied to a TDLS-based transmission process, and in the second radio frame sent by the second STA, in addition to the second information element and the multi-link element, the second radio frame also includes a link identification information element. Wherein, the link identification information element at least includes address information for indicating a TDLS initiator (TDLS initiator), and address information for indicating a TDLS responder (TDLS responder). Wherein, the address information of the initiator is the MAC address information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and is used to indicate that the TDLS initiator is the first MLD where the first STA is located.

此處以圖7c所示的場景作為示例進行說明,其中,第一STA為STA11時,第二STA可以為STA41或STA42。Here, the scenario shown in FIG. 7c is taken as an example for illustration, where, when the first STA is STA11, the second STA may be STA41 or STA42.

例如,當第二STA為STA41時,由於STA11和STA41位於同一條鏈路(或稱STA11和STA41關聯於同一個AP,即AP11),因此STA41作為第二STA所發送的第二無線幀中的鏈路標識資訊元素中,發起者的位址資訊可以設置為該第一STA的MAC位址,即STA11的MAC位址資訊(或,發起者的位址資訊可以設置為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址,即non-AP MLD1的MAC位址資訊)。由於STA41接收來自第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素,使得STA41所在的non-AP MLD2可以通過該多鏈路元素確定STA11所在的non-AP MLD1的鏈路資訊,使得AP11所在鏈路中的位於不同non-AP MLD的多個STA(即STA41和STA11,以及STA42和STA12)之間可以基於TDLS通信。For example, when the second STA is STA41, since STA11 and STA41 are located on the same link (or STA11 and STA41 are associated with the same AP, that is, AP11), STA41 serves as the second radio frame sent by the second STA. In the link identification information element, the address information of the initiator can be set to the MAC address of the first STA, that is, the MAC address information of STA11 (or, the address information of the initiator can be set to the address information of the first STA. The MAC address of the first MLD, that is, the MAC address information of the non-AP MLD1). Since STA41 receives the multi-link element from the first wireless frame, the non-AP MLD2 where STA41 is located can determine the link information of the non-AP MLD1 where STA11 is located through the multi-link element, so that the link information of the non-AP MLD1 where AP11 is located Multiple STAs located in different non-AP MLDs (that is, STA41 and STA11, and STA42 and STA12) can communicate based on TDLS.

又如,當第二STA為STA42時,由於STA22和STA42位於同一條鏈路(或稱STA22和STA42關聯於同一個AP,即AP12),因此STA42作為第二STA所發送的第二無線幀中的鏈路標識資訊元素中,發起者的位址資訊可以設置為該第三STA的MAC位址,即STA12的MAC位址資訊(或,發起者的位址資訊可以設置為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址,即non-AP MLD1的MAC位址資訊)。由於STA42接收來自第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素,使得STA42所在的non-AP MLD2可以通過該多鏈路元素確定STA12所在的non-AP MLD1的鏈路資訊,使得AP11所在鏈路中的位於不同non-AP MLD的多個STA(即STA42和STA12,以及STA41和STA11)之間可以基於TDLS通信。As another example, when the second STA is STA42, since STA22 and STA42 are located on the same link (or STA22 and STA42 are associated with the same AP, that is, AP12), STA42 is sent as the second STA in the second wireless frame In the link identification information element of the link, the address information of the initiator can be set as the MAC address of the third STA, that is, the MAC address information of STA12 (or, the address information of the initiator can be set as the address information of the first STA. The MAC address of the first MLD, that is, the MAC address information of the non-AP MLD1). Since STA42 receives the multi-link element from the first wireless frame, the non-AP MLD2 where STA42 is located can determine the link information of the non-AP MLD1 where STA12 is located through the multi-link element, so that the link information of the non-AP MLD1 where STA11 is located Multiple STAs located in different non-AP MLDs (that is, STA42 and STA12, and STA41 and STA11) can communicate based on TDLS.

基於實現方式二所示的技術方案,在WLAN通信的應用於TDLS的傳輸過程中,第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,不同於該第一多鏈路元素的第一資訊元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該第一資訊元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的第一資訊元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the technical solution shown in the second implementation mode, in the transmission process of WLAN communication applied to TDLS, the first radio frame carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, which is different from The first information element of the first multi-link element includes MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the first information element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the first information element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the first STA A MAC address information of the STA.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

如前述描述可知,圖5a、圖6a所涉及的通信過程可以為TDLS通信過程。而圖5a、圖6a所涉及的通信過程的第一無線幀和第二無線幀在TDLS通信過程涉及的實現方式有多種。例如在TDLS發現過程中,第一無線幀為TDLS發現請求幀且第二無線幀為TDLS發現回應幀。又如,在TDLS建立請求和回應對應的過程中,第一無線幀為TDLS建立請求幀且第二無線幀為TDLS建立回應幀。又如,在TDLS確認過程中,第一無線幀為TDLS建立確認幀且第二無線幀為第一確認幀。又如,在TDLS資料傳輸過程中,第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀且第二無線幀為第二確認幀。As can be seen from the foregoing description, the communication process involved in FIG. 5a and FIG. 6a may be a TDLS communication process. However, there are many ways to implement the first radio frame and the second radio frame in the communication process involved in FIG. 5a and FIG. 6a in the TDLS communication process. For example, in the TDLS discovery process, the first radio frame is a TDLS discovery request frame and the second radio frame is a TDLS discovery response frame. For another example, in the corresponding process of TDLS establishment request and response, the first radio frame is a TDLS establishment request frame and the second radio frame is a TDLS establishment response frame. For another example, in the TDLS confirmation process, the first radio frame is a TDLS setup confirmation frame and the second radio frame is the first confirmation frame. For another example, during the TDLS data transmission process, the first radio frame is a TDLS data frame and the second radio frame is a second confirmation frame.

而在不同的實現過程中,第一STA有可能是在與第二STA之間的通信鏈路上,收發第一無線幀和第二無線幀;第一STA也有可能是在與第一STA關聯的AP之間的通信鏈路上,收發第一無線幀和第二無線幀。相應的,在不同的通信鏈路上,第一無線幀和第二無線幀可能存在多種不同的實現。下面將分別進行介紹。In different implementation processes, the first STA may send and receive the first wireless frame and the second wireless frame on the communication link with the second STA; On the communication link between the APs, the first wireless frame and the second wireless frame are sent and received. Correspondingly, on different communication links, there may be many different implementations of the first wireless frame and the second wireless frame. The following will introduce them respectively.

在第一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀包括TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS建立請求幀或TDLS建立確認幀;該第一STA(在圖5a所示步驟S102或圖6a所示步驟S201中)發送該第一無線幀包括:該第一STA向該第一STA關聯的第一接入點AP發送該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括位址一(Address 1,A1)欄位、位址二(Address 2,A2)欄位和位址三(Address 3,A3)欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為該第一AP的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第一STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊。In a first possible implementation manner, the first radio frame includes a TDLS discovery request frame, a TDLS establishment request frame, or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame; the first STA (in step S102 shown in FIG. Middle) Sending the first wireless frame includes: the first STA sending the first wireless frame to a first access point AP associated with the first STA, and the first wireless frame also includes address one (Address 1, A1) field, Address 2 (Address 2, A2) field and Address 3 (Address 3, A3) field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the first AP, and the A2 field The value of field A3 is the address information of the first STA, and the value of the field A3 is the address information of the respondent.

具體地,圖5a或圖6a所示方法可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS發現過程、TDLS建立過程等,該第一無線幀具體包括(或承載)TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS建立請求幀或TDLS建立確認幀。其中,第一STA可以向第一STA所關聯的第一AP發送該第一無線幀。該第一無線幀還包括用於指示該第一無線幀的接收方的位址(receiver address,RA)的A1欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的發送方的位址(transmitter address,TA)的A2欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的目的位址(destination address,DA)的A3欄位。Specifically, the method shown in Figure 5a or Figure 6a can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as TDLS discovery process, TDLS establishment process, etc., the first wireless frame specifically includes (or bears) TDLS discovery request frame, TDLS establishment request frame or TDLS setup acknowledgment frame. Wherein, the first STA may send the first wireless frame to the first AP associated with the first STA. The first radio frame further includes an A1 field used to indicate the address of the receiver (receiver address, RA) of the first radio frame, used to indicate the address of the sender (transmitter address, RA) of the first radio frame. The A2 field of the TA) is used to indicate the A3 field of the destination address (DA) of the first radio frame.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀;該第一STA(在圖5a所示步驟S102或圖6a所示步驟S201中)發送該第一無線幀包括:該第一STA向該第二STA發送該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第一STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址。In a possible implementation manner, the first wireless frame is a TDLS data frame; sending the first wireless frame by the first STA (in step S102 shown in FIG. 5a or step S201 shown in FIG. 6a ) includes: the first The STA sends the first wireless frame to the second STA, and the first wireless frame also includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the responder, and the The value of the field A2 is the address information of the first STA, and the value of the field A3 is the BSSID or the MAC address of the AP MLD.

具體地,圖5a或圖6a所示方法可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS資料傳輸過程,即該第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀。其中,第一STA具體可以向第二STA發送該第一無線幀。該第一無線幀還包括用於指示該第一無線幀的RA的A1欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的TA的A2欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的DA的A3欄位。Specifically, the method shown in FIG. 5a or FIG. 6a can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as a TDLS data transmission process, that is, the first radio frame is a TDLS data frame. Wherein, the first STA may specifically send the first wireless frame to the second STA. The first radio frame also includes an A1 column for indicating the RA of the first radio frame, an A2 column for indicating the TA of the first radio frame, and an A3 column for indicating the DA of the first radio frame bit.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀為TDLS建立回應幀;該第一STA(在圖5a所示步驟S103或圖6a所示步驟S202中)接收該第二無線幀包括:該第一STA接收來自該第一STA關聯的第一AP的該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為該第一STA的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第一AP的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second wireless frame is a TDLS setup response frame; receiving the second wireless frame by the first STA (in step S103 shown in FIG. 5a or step S202 shown in FIG. 6a ) includes: the first STA A STA receives the second wireless frame from the first AP associated with the first STA, wherein the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is For the address information of the first STA, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the first AP, and the value of the A3 field is the address information of the responder.

具體地,圖5a或圖6a所示方法可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS建立過程等,該第二無線幀具體為TDLS建立回應幀。其中,第一STA可以接收來自第一STA所關聯的第一AP發送的該第二無線幀。該第二無線幀還包括用於指示該第二無線幀的RA的A1欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的TA的A2欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的DA的A3欄位。Specifically, the method shown in FIG. 5a or FIG. 6a can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as a TDLS establishment process, etc., and the second radio frame is specifically a TDLS establishment response frame. Wherein, the first STA may receive the second wireless frame sent from the first AP associated with the first STA. The second radio frame also includes an A1 column for indicating the RA of the second radio frame, an A2 column for indicating the TA of the second radio frame, and an A3 column for indicating the DA of the second radio frame bit.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀包括TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀或TDLS資料幀的回應幀;該第一STA(在圖5a所示步驟S103或圖6a所示步驟S202中)接收該第二無線幀包括:該第一STA接收來自該第二STA的該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second wireless frame includes a TDLS discovery response frame, a response frame of a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, or a response frame of a TDLS data frame; the first STA (in step S103 shown in FIG. Step S202) receiving the second wireless frame includes: the first STA receiving the second wireless frame from the second STA, wherein the second wireless frame includes A1 field, A2 field and A3 field; Wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the initiator, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the second STA, and the value of the A3 field is the BSSID or the MAC address of the AP MLD Information.

具體地,圖5a或圖6a所示方法可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS發現過程、TDLS建立過程、TDLS資料傳輸過程等,該第二無線幀具體包括(或表述為承載)TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀或TDLS資料幀的回應幀。其中,第一STA可以接收來自第二STA發送的該第二無線幀。該第二無線幀還包括用於指示該第二無線幀的RA的A1欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的TA的A2欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的DA的A3欄位。Specifically, the method shown in Figure 5a or Figure 6a can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as TDLS discovery process, TDLS establishment process, TDLS data transmission process, etc., the second radio frame specifically includes (or is expressed as bearer) TDLS A discovery response frame, a response frame of a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, or a response frame of a TDLS data frame. Wherein, the first STA may receive the second radio frame sent by the second STA. The second radio frame also includes an A1 column for indicating the RA of the second radio frame, an A2 column for indicating the TA of the second radio frame, and an A3 column for indicating the DA of the second radio frame bit.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀包括TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS建立請求幀或TDLS建立確認幀;該第二STA(在圖5a所示步驟S102或圖6a所示步驟S201中)接收該第一無線幀包括:該第二STA接收來自該第二STA關聯的第二AP的該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為第二STA的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二AP的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation, the first wireless frame includes a TDLS discovery request frame, a TDLS establishment request frame, or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame; the second STA (in step S102 shown in FIG. 5a or step S201 shown in FIG. 6a ) Receiving the first wireless frame includes: the second STA receiving the first wireless frame from a second AP associated with the second STA, and the first wireless frame further includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein , the value of the A1 field is the address information of the second STA, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the second AP, and the value of the A3 field is the address information of the initiator.

具體地,圖5a或圖6a所示方法可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS發現過程、TDLS建立過程等,該第一無線幀具體包括(或表述為承載)TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS建立請求幀或TDLS建立確認幀。其中,第二STA可以接收來自第二STA所關聯的第二AP發送該第一無線幀。該第一無線幀還包括用於指示該第一無線幀的RA的A1欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的TA的A2欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的DA的A3欄位。Specifically, the method shown in Figure 5a or Figure 6a can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as TDLS discovery process, TDLS establishment process, etc., the first wireless frame specifically includes (or expressed as bearer) TDLS discovery request frame, TDLS Establishment Request frame or TDLS Establishment Acknowledgment frame. Wherein, the second STA may receive the first wireless frame sent from the second AP associated with the second STA. The first radio frame also includes an A1 column for indicating the RA of the first radio frame, an A2 column for indicating the TA of the first radio frame, and an A3 column for indicating the DA of the first radio frame bit.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀;該第二STA接收該第一無線幀包括:該第二STA(在圖5a所示步驟S102或圖6a所示步驟S201中)接收來自該第一STA的該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為第二STA的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first wireless frame is a TDLS data frame; receiving the first wireless frame by the second STA includes: the second STA (in step S102 shown in FIG. 5a or in step S201 shown in FIG. 6a ) receiving the first wireless frame from the first STA, the first wireless frame also includes an A1 field, an A2 field and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the second STA , the value of the A2 field is the address information of the initiator, and the value of the A3 field is the BSSID or the MAC address information of the AP MLD.

具體地,圖5a或圖6a所示方法可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS資料傳輸過程,即該第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀。其中,第二STA具體可以接收來自第一STA發送的該第一無線幀。該第一無線幀還包括用於指示該第一無線幀的RA的A1欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的TA的A2欄位,用於指示該第一無線幀的DA的A3欄位。Specifically, the method shown in FIG. 5a or FIG. 6a can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as a TDLS data transmission process, that is, the first radio frame is a TDLS data frame. Wherein, the second STA may specifically receive the first radio frame sent from the first STA. The first radio frame also includes an A1 column for indicating the RA of the first radio frame, an A2 column for indicating the TA of the first radio frame, and an A3 column for indicating the DA of the first radio frame bit.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀為TDLS建立回應幀;該第二STA(在圖5a所示步驟S103或圖6a所示步驟S202中)發送該第二無線幀包括:該第一STA向該第二STA關聯的第二AP發送該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為該第二AP的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second wireless frame is a TDLS establishment response frame; sending the second wireless frame by the second STA (in step S103 shown in FIG. 5a or step S202 shown in FIG. 6a ) includes: the first A STA sends the second wireless frame to a second AP associated with the second STA, where the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the For the address information of the second AP, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the second STA, and the value of the A3 field is the address information of the initiator.

具體地,圖5a或圖6a所示方法可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS建立過程等,該第二無線幀具體為TDLS建立回應幀。其中,第二STA具體可以向第二STA所關聯的第二AP發送的該第二無線幀。該第二無線幀還包括用於指示該第二無線幀的RA的A1欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的TA的A2欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的DA的A3欄位。Specifically, the method shown in FIG. 5a or FIG. 6a can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as a TDLS establishment process, etc., and the second radio frame is specifically a TDLS establishment response frame. Wherein, the second STA may specifically send the second wireless frame to the second AP associated with the second STA. The second radio frame also includes an A1 column for indicating the RA of the second radio frame, an A2 column for indicating the TA of the second radio frame, and an A3 column for indicating the DA of the second radio frame bit.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀包括TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀或TDLS資料幀的回應幀;該第二STA(在圖5a所示步驟S103或圖6a所示步驟S202中)發送該第二無線幀包括:該第二STA向該第一STA發送該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second wireless frame includes a TDLS discovery response frame, a response frame of a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, or a response frame of a TDLS data frame; the second STA (in step S103 shown in FIG. In step S202 shown), sending the second wireless frame includes: the second STA sending the second wireless frame to the first STA, where the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein , the value of the A1 field is the address information of the initiator, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the second STA, and the value of the A3 field is the BSSID or the MAC address information of the AP MLD .

具體地,圖5a或圖6a所示方法可以應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,例如TDLS發現過程、TDLS建立過程、TDLS資料傳輸過程等,該第二無線幀具體包括(或表述為承載)TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀或TDLS資料幀的回應幀。其中,第二STA具體可以向第二STA關聯的第二STA發送該第二無線幀。該第二無線幀還包括用於指示該第二無線幀的RA的A1欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的TA的A2欄位,用於指示該第二無線幀的DA的A3欄位。Specifically, the method shown in Figure 5a or Figure 6a can be applied to various transmission processes of TDLS, such as TDLS discovery process, TDLS establishment process, TDLS data transmission process, etc., the second radio frame specifically includes (or is expressed as bearer) TDLS A discovery response frame, a response frame of a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, or a response frame of a TDLS data frame. Wherein, the second STA may specifically send the second radio frame to the second STA associated with the second STA. The second radio frame also includes an A1 column for indicating the RA of the second radio frame, an A2 column for indicating the TA of the second radio frame, and an A3 column for indicating the DA of the second radio frame bit.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該回應者為該第二STA或該第二STA所在的第二MLD。具體地,在應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,第一無線幀(或第二無線幀)所包含的回應者的位址資訊所指示的回應者可以為該第二STA或該第二STA所在的第二MLD。換言之,TDLS通信鏈路中的回應者可以為該第二STA或該第二STA所在的第二MLD。In a possible implementation manner, the responder is the second STA or the second MLD where the second STA is located. Specifically, in various transmission processes applied to TDLS, the responder indicated by the address information of the responder included in the first radio frame (or the second radio frame) may be the second STA or the second STA The second MLD. In other words, the responder in the TDLS communication link may be the second STA or the second MLD where the second STA is located.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該發起者為該第一STA或該第一STA所在的第一MLD。具體地,在應用於TDLS的多種傳輸過程中,第一無線幀(或第二無線幀)所包含的發起者的位址資訊所指示的發起者可以為該第一STA或該第一STA所在的第一MLD。換言之,TDLS通信鏈路中的回應者可以為該第一STA或該第一STA所在的第一MLD。In a possible implementation manner, the initiator is the first STA or the first MLD where the first STA is located. Specifically, in various transmission processes applied to TDLS, the initiator indicated by the address information of the initiator included in the first wireless frame (or the second wireless frame) may be the first STA or the first STA where the first STA is located. The first MLD. In other words, the responder in the TDLS communication link may be the first STA or the first MLD where the first STA is located.

下面將通過圖6b所示實現示例,對前述圖5a、圖6a所涉及的TDLS通信過程進行描述。The following will describe the TDLS communication process involved in the aforementioned FIG. 5a and FIG. 6a through the implementation example shown in FIG. 6b.

請參閱圖6b,為本申請提供的通信方法的另一個實施例。Please refer to FIG. 6b, which is another embodiment of the communication method provided by this application.

在一種實現方式中,當前述圖5a、圖6a所涉及的TDLS通信過程為TDLS發現過程時,該通信過程可以表示為圖6b所示的步驟S301和步驟S302。具體包括如下實現過程。In an implementation manner, when the TDLS communication process involved in the aforementioned FIG. 5a and FIG. 6a is a TDLS discovery process, the communication process may be expressed as step S301 and step S302 shown in FIG. 6b. Specifically, the implementation process is as follows.

S301.發起者發送TDLS發現請求幀,相應的,回應者在步驟S301中接收得到TDLS發現請求幀。其中,TDLS發現請求幀即為前述圖5a、圖6a所涉及的TDLS通信過程中的第一無線幀。S301. The initiator sends a TDLS discovery request frame, and correspondingly, the responder receives the TDLS discovery request frame in step S301. Wherein, the TDLS discovery request frame is the first radio frame in the TDLS communication process involved in the aforementioned Fig. 5a and Fig. 6a.

S302.回應者發送TDLS發現回應幀,相應的,發起者在步驟S302中接收得到TDLS發現回應幀。其中,TDLS發現回應幀即為前述圖5a、圖6a所涉及的TDLS通信過程中的第二無線幀。S302. The responder sends a TDLS discovery response frame, and correspondingly, the initiator receives the TDLS discovery response frame in step S302. Wherein, the TDLS discovery response frame is the second wireless frame in the TDLS communication process involved in the foregoing FIG. 5 a and FIG. 6 a.

具體地,由於TDLS發現過程是發起者確定回應者相關資訊(包括能力資訊和支援的相關功能)的過程,而MLD包含多條鏈路的站點資訊,因此,MLD的TDLS發現過程需要完成MLD之間多條鏈路的站點的資訊發現。Specifically, since the TDLS discovery process is a process for the initiator to determine the relevant information of the responder (including capability information and related functions supported), and MLD includes site information of multiple links, therefore, the TDLS discovery process of MLD needs to complete the MLD Information discovery between sites with multiple links.

示例性的,攜帶MLD資訊的TDLS發現請求幀可以由第一鏈路上的第一STA發送,TDLS發現請求幀將攜帶多鏈路元素來攜帶第二鏈路上的第二STA的資訊。其中,第二鏈路可以有一條或多條,對應的第二STA可以有一個或多個。以圖7c作為實現示例,STA11與AP11(以及STA41與AP11)所關聯的通信鏈路可以稱為第一鏈路,STA12與AP12(以及STA42與AP12)所關聯的通信鏈路可以稱為第二鏈路。Exemplarily, the TDLS discovery request frame carrying MLD information may be sent by the first STA on the first link, and the TDLS discovery request frame will carry a multi-link element to carry information of the second STA on the second link. Wherein, there may be one or more second links, and there may be one or more corresponding second STAs. Taking Figure 7c as an implementation example, the communication link associated with STA11 and AP11 (and STA41 and AP11) can be called the first link, and the communication link associated with STA12 and AP12 (and STA42 and AP12) can be called the second link. link.

其中,由於TDLS發現請求幀是由第一STA發送的,所以第一STA可以稱為發送站點(transmitting STA),或者稱為彙報站點(reporting STA),對應的第一鏈路可以稱為發送鏈路(transmitting link)或彙報鏈路(reporting link)。Wherein, since the TDLS discovery request frame is sent by the first STA, the first STA may be called a transmitting station (transmitting STA), or a reporting station (reporting STA), and the corresponding first link may be called Transmitting link or reporting link.

MLD的TDLS發現過程如下。The TDLS discovery process of MLD is as follows.

在步驟S301中,第一STA作為發起者,第一STA生成TDLS發現請求幀,該發現請求幀中攜帶多鏈路元素和鏈路標識元素。其中,第一STA隸屬於(affiliated with)第一MLD,換言之,第一MLD是發起者MLD(initiator MLD)。一般地,MLE是用於攜帶第一MLD的資訊(包括第一MLD中除第一鏈路之外的其他鏈路的資訊),鏈路標識元素可以是用於標識發起者MLD和回應者MLD的。In step S301, the first STA acts as an initiator, and the first STA generates a TDLS discovery request frame, and the discovery request frame carries a multi-link element and a link identification element. Wherein, the first STA is affiliated with (affiliated with) the first MLD, in other words, the first MLD is an initiator MLD (initiator MLD). Generally, MLE is used to carry the information of the first MLD (including the information of other links in the first MLD except the first link), and the link identification element can be used to identify the initiator MLD and the responder MLD of.

示例性的,TDLS發現請求幀包括如下表3所示的欄位。Exemplarily, the TDLS discovery request frame includes the fields shown in Table 3 below.

表3 序號(Order) 信息(Information) 1 類別(Category) 2 TDLS動作(TDLS Action) 3 對話權杖(Dialog Token) 4 鏈路標識(Link Identifier) 5 多頻段(Multi-band) (optional, 可選的) 6 多鏈路(Multi-Link) table 3 Serial number (Order) Information 1 Category 2 TDLS Action (TDLS Action) 3 Dialog Token 4 Link Identifier 5 Multi-band (optional, optional) 6 Multi-Link (Multi-Link)

TDLS發現請求幀是承載在某個資料幀中發送的。具體地,是由第一STA通過第一資料幀發送給關聯的第一AP,然後由第一STA關聯的第一AP通過第二資料幀發送給第二STA。所述第二STA隸屬於第二MLD,第二STA可能與第一STA工作在同一條鏈路上,也可能與第一STA工作在不同的鏈路上(因為AP可能會選擇不同的鏈路進行轉發)。第二MLD可以是回應者MLD (responder MLD)。The TDLS discovery request frame is carried in a certain data frame and sent. Specifically, the first STA sends the first data frame to the associated first AP, and then the first AP associated with the first STA sends the second data frame to the second STA. The second STA belongs to the second MLD, and the second STA may work on the same link as the first STA, or may work on a different link from the first STA (because the AP may select a different link for forwarding ). The second MLD may be a responder MLD (responder MLD).

示例性的,承載TDLS發現請求幀的資料幀的幀結構如前述圖2b所示。包括如下資訊:Exemplarily, the frame structure of the data frame carrying the TDLS discovery request frame is shown in Fig. 2b above. Include the following information:

幀控制(Frame Control)、時長(Duration)、位址1(Address 1)、位址2(Address 2)、位址3(Address 3)、序列控制(Sequence Control)、位址4(Address 4)、服務品質控制(quality of service control,QoS Control)、高吞吐率控制(high throughput control,HT Control)、幀體(Frame Body)、幀校驗序列(frame check sequence ,FCS)。Frame Control, Duration, Address 1, Address 2, Address 3, Sequence Control, Address 4 ), quality of service control (QoS Control), high throughput control (high throughput control, HT Control), frame body (Frame Body), frame check sequence (frame check sequence, FCS).

其中,Address 1表示接收者的位址(RA, receiver address);Address 2表示發送者的位址(TA, transmitter address);Address 3取決於Frame Control中的To DS和From DS欄位的取值。Among them, Address 1 represents the address of the receiver (RA, receiver address); Address 2 represents the address of the sender (TA, transmitter address); Address 3 depends on the value of the To DS and From DS fields in Frame Control .

當資料幀(發送方為STA,接收方為AP時)為上行資料幀時,Address 3欄位表示目的位址(destination address,DA)。When the data frame (when the sender is the STA and the receiver is the AP) is an uplink data frame, the Address 3 field indicates the destination address (DA).

當資料幀(發送方為AP,接收方為STA時)為下行資料幀時,Address 3欄位表示源位址(source address,SA)。When the data frame (when the sender is the AP and the receiver is the STA) is a downlink data frame, the Address 3 field indicates the source address (source address, SA).

在MLD TDLS發現過程之前,發起者會通過ARP協定或代理ARP協定獲得回應者的MAC位址,如果回應者是MLD,發起者將得到回應者的MLD MAC位址,從而將所述第一資料幀的目的位址欄位(DA)設置為回應者的MLD MAC位址。AP收到所述第一資料幀之後,會將所述第一資料幀進行轉發。即,生成第二資料幀,併發送給第二STA。由於發起者也是MLD,AP會將所述第二資料幀的源位址欄位(SA)設置為發起者的MLD MAC位址。Before the MLD TDLS discovery process, the initiator will obtain the MAC address of the responder through the ARP agreement or the proxy ARP agreement. If the responder is an MLD, the initiator will obtain the MLD MAC address of the responder, so that the first data The Destination Address field (DA) of the frame is set to the responder's MLD MAC address. After receiving the first data frame, the AP will forward the first data frame. That is, a second data frame is generated and sent to the second STA. Since the initiator is also the MLD, the AP will set the source address field (SA) of the second data frame as the MLD MAC address of the initiator.

可選的,在TDLS發現請求幀中,鏈路標識資訊元素的幀結構可參考前述圖2a所示實現過程。Optionally, in the TDLS discovery request frame, the frame structure of the link identification information element may refer to the implementation process shown in the aforementioned FIG. 2a.

其中,在TDLS發現請求幀中,鏈路標識資訊元素的TDLS initiator STA Address的欄位的取值可以為第一MLD的MLD MAC位址。這樣設置是為了使得第二資料幀的SA的取值與第一MLD的MLD MAC位址保持一致,進而使得第二STA在收到第二資料幀時,無論是根據SA,還是根據TDLS initiator STA Address,能夠獲得一致的發起者的位址,避免出現混亂。Wherein, in the TDLS discovery request frame, the value of the TDLS initiator STA Address field of the link identification information element may be the MLD MAC address of the first MLD. This setting is to make the SA value of the second data frame consistent with the MLD MAC address of the first MLD, so that when the second STA receives the second data frame, whether it is based on SA or TDLS initiator STA Address, the address of the consistent initiator can be obtained to avoid confusion.

具體地,TDLS發現請求幀是包裹在第一STA向第一STA關聯的AP發送的第一資料幀中,其中,第一資料幀的框架格式可參考圖5b所示。相比於圖2b,圖5b詳細描述了“幀體(Frame Body)”所包含的資訊。其中,TDLS發現請求幀具體可以承載於“幀體(Frame Body)”中,如圖b所示,“幀體(Frame Body)”包括如下資訊:Specifically, the TDLS discovery request frame is wrapped in the first data frame sent by the first STA to the AP associated with the first STA, wherein the frame format of the first data frame can refer to FIG. 5 b . Compared with Figure 2b, Figure 5b describes in detail the information contained in the "Frame Body". Among them, the TDLS discovery request frame can be specifically carried in the "Frame Body (Frame Body)", as shown in Figure b, the "Frame Body (Frame Body)" includes the following information:

類別(Category)、TDLS動作(TDLS Action)、對話權杖(Dialog Token)、鏈路標識資訊元素(Link Identifier)、多鏈路元素(Multi-Link element)。Category, TDLS Action, Dialog Token, Link Identifier, and Multi-Link element.

在第一資料幀中,該第一資料幀的Address 1為AP的MAC位址,Address 2為第一STA的位址,Address 3為第二MLD的MLD MAC位址。In the first data frame, Address 1 of the first data frame is the MAC address of the AP, Address 2 is the address of the first STA, and Address 3 is the MLD MAC address of the second MLD.

此後,由於所述TDLS發現請求幀被AP轉發時,是攜帶在第二資料幀中發送的(第二資料幀的框架格式可參考8b所示)。其中,在第二資料幀中,該第二資料幀的Address 1為第二STA的MAC位址,Address 2為AP的MAC位址(注:由於可能在其他的鏈路上轉發,因此該位址可能與第一資料幀中的AP的MAC位址不同),Address 3為第一MLD的MLD MAC位址。導致第二STA在接收到第二資料幀時,無法獲知第一STA的MAC位址,從而無法在TDLS發現過程中獲得第一MLD的完整資訊。Afterwards, when the TDLS discovery request frame is forwarded by the AP, it is carried in the second data frame and sent (the frame format of the second data frame can be referred to as shown in 8b). Wherein, in the second data frame, Address 1 of the second data frame is the MAC address of the second STA, and Address 2 is the MAC address of the AP (Note: Since it may be forwarded on other links, this address may be different from the MAC address of the AP in the first data frame), and Address 3 is the MLD MAC address of the first MLD. As a result, the second STA cannot obtain the MAC address of the first STA when receiving the second data frame, and thus cannot obtain complete information of the first MLD during the TDLS discovery process.

為了解決這一問題,第一STA在發送TDLS發現請求幀時,可以在承載該TDLS發現請求幀的第一資料幀中攜帶該第一STA的MAC位址。其中,第一STA的MAC位址可以通過多種方式實現承載於該第一資料幀中,例如,第一STA的MAC位址可以承載於該第一資料幀的多鏈路元素中(如前述圖5a或圖6a所示實現方式一),又如,第一STA的MAC位址可以承載於該第一資料幀不同于多鏈路元素的其他資訊元素中(如前述圖6a所示實現方式二)。In order to solve this problem, when the first STA sends the TDLS discovery request frame, it may carry the MAC address of the first STA in the first data frame carrying the TDLS discovery request frame. Wherein, the MAC address of the first STA can be carried in the first data frame in various ways, for example, the MAC address of the first STA can be carried in the multi-link element of the first data frame (as shown in the preceding figure 5a or the first implementation shown in Figure 6a), as another example, the MAC address of the first STA can be carried in other information elements of the first data frame that are different from the multi-link elements (as shown in the aforementioned Figure 6a, the second implementation ).

在一種實現方式中,如前述圖5a或圖6a所示實現方式一,第一STA的MAC位址可以承載於該第一資料幀的多鏈路元素中。In an implementation manner, as in the first implementation manner shown in FIG. 5a or FIG. 6a , the MAC address of the first STA may be carried in the multi-link element of the first data frame.

具體地,在多鏈路元素中攜帶第一STA的MAC位址資訊。具體地,可以攜帶在多鏈路元素的Common Info欄位中,如圖8a所示。Specifically, the MAC address information of the first STA is carried in the multi-link element. Specifically, it may be carried in the Common Info field of the multi-link element, as shown in FIG. 8a.

可選的,第一STA的MAC位址資訊可以承載於圖8a中的彙報站點位址資訊(Reporting STA Address)欄位,該欄位的名稱也可以為其它的名稱,例如傳輸站點位址資訊(transmitting STA Address),或者是其他的名稱,此處不做限定。Optionally, the MAC address information of the first STA can be carried in the Reporting STA Address field in Figure 8a, and the name of this field can also be other names, such as address information (transmitting STA Address), or other names, which are not limited here.

此外,多鏈路元素有時候並不需要攜帶Reporting STA Address欄位,因此可以在Multi-Link Control中攜帶指示資訊(例如該指示資訊為前文任一實施例的第一欄位),用於指示Reporting STA Address欄位(第一STA的MAC位址資訊)是否存在。In addition, sometimes the multi-link element does not need to carry the Reporting STA Address field, so the indication information can be carried in the Multi-Link Control (for example, the indication information is the first field in any of the above embodiments) for indication Whether the Reporting STA Address field (MAC address information of the first STA) exists.

示例性的,指示資訊可以位於Presence Bitmap欄位中,如圖8b所示。Exemplarily, the indication information may be located in the Presence Bitmap field, as shown in FIG. 8b.

可選的,指示資訊可以承載於圖8b中的Presence Bitmap欄位中的彙報站點的MAC位址資訊出現(Reporting STA MAC Address Present),該欄位的名稱也可以為其它的名稱,例如傳輸站點的MAC位址資訊出現(transmitting STA MAC Address Present),或者是其他的名稱,此處不做限定。Optionally, the indication information can be carried in the MAC address information of the reporting site (Reporting STA MAC Address Present) in the Presence Bitmap field in Figure 8b, and the name of this field can also be other names, such as transmission The MAC address information of the station appears (transmitting STA MAC Address Present), or other names, which are not limited here.

可選的,第一資料幀中的多鏈路元素可以是基本變體(Basic variant)的多鏈路元素。即多鏈路元素中的Multi-Link Control欄位中的Type欄位的取值為0。Optionally, the multi-link element in the first data frame may be a basic variant (Basic variant) multi-link element. That is, the value of the Type field in the Multi-Link Control field in the multi-link element is 0.

或者,多鏈路元素可以是TDLS變體(TDLS variant)多鏈路元素。即多鏈路元素中的Multi-Link Control欄位中的Type欄位的取值為0和1之外的其他值。Alternatively, the multilink element may be a TDLS variant (TDLS variant) multilink element. That is, the value of the Type field in the Multi-Link Control field in the multi-link element is other than 0 and 1.

在上述實現方式 ,作為TDLS發現請求幀的接收方,回應者在步驟S301收到所述TDLS發現請求幀之後,該回應者在步驟S302發送TDLS發現回應幀。In the above implementation manner, as the receiver of the TDLS discovery request frame, after the responder receives the TDLS discovery request frame in step S301, the responder sends a TDLS discovery response frame in step S302.

可選的,該回應者可以是單鏈路設備,也可以是第二MLD中的其他STA。Optionally, the responder may be a single-link device, or may be another STA in the second MLD.

可選的,該回應者可以是第二MLD中第一鏈路上的STA,第一鏈路是根據TDLS發現請求幀中的鏈路標識資訊元素中的BSSID欄位確定的。Optionally, the responder may be a STA on the first link in the second MLD, and the first link is determined according to the BSSID field in the link identification information element in the TDLS discovery request frame.

可選的,當第二MLD中沒有工作在第一鏈路上的STA,也可以由其他STA作為回應者,向第一STA回復TDLS發現回應幀。Optionally, when there is no STA working on the first link in the second MLD, other STAs may act as responders and reply the TDLS discovery response frame to the first STA.

具體地,回應者發送的TDLS發現回應幀的幀的Address 1欄位的值為TDLS發現請求幀中的第一STA的位址的值。例如,Address 1欄位的值等於中的Reporting STA MAC Address欄位的值。Specifically, the value of the Address 1 field of the TDLS discovery response frame sent by the responder is the value of the address of the first STA in the TDLS discovery request frame. For example, the value of the Address 1 field is equal to the value of the Reporting STA MAC Address field in .

示例性的,TDLS發現響應幀為一種管理幀,即第三STA無需經過AP的轉發即可向第一STA發送TDLS發現回應幀。其中,TDLS發現回應幀的幀結構如圖8c所示,相比於圖2b所示幀結構,圖8c可以省略部分資訊,例如省略如下資訊:Exemplarily, the TDLS discovery response frame is a management frame, that is, the third STA can send the TDLS discovery response frame to the first STA without being forwarded by the AP. Among them, the frame structure of the TDLS discovery response frame is shown in Figure 8c. Compared with the frame structure shown in Figure 2b, Figure 8c can omit some information, such as omitting the following information:

位址4(Address 4)、服務品質控制(quality of service contr,QoS Control)。Address 4 (Address 4), service quality control (quality of service contr, QoS Control).

在另一種實現方式中,如前述圖6a所示實現方式二,第一STA的MAC位址可以承載於該第一資料幀的不同于多鏈路元素的其他資訊元素中。In another implementation manner, as in the second implementation manner shown in FIG. 6a , the MAC address of the first STA may be carried in an information element other than the multi-link element of the first data frame.

例如,在TDLS發現請求幀中攜帶第一STA的MAC位址資訊,其中,表3所示的TDLS發現請求幀可以表示為如下表4。For example, the MAC address information of the first STA is carried in the TDLS discovery request frame, wherein the TDLS discovery request frame shown in Table 3 can be expressed as the following Table 4.

表4 Order Information 1 Category 2 TDLS Action 3 Dialog Token 4 Link Identifier 5 Multi-band (optional, 可選的) 6 Reporting STA MAC Address 7 Multi-Link Table 4 order Information 1 Category 2 TDLS Action 3 Dialog Token 4 Link Identifier 5 Multi-band (optional, optional) 6 Reporting STA MAC Address 7 Multi-Link

在表4所示實現方式中,第一STA的MAC位址(例如表示為Reporting STA MAC Address)位於TDLS發現請求幀中不同于鏈路標識資訊元素(即“Link Identifier”)且不同于多鏈路元素(即“Multi-Link”)的其他資訊元素中。In the implementation shown in Table 4, the MAC address of the first STA (for example, Reporting STA MAC Address) located in the TDLS discovery request frame is different from the link identification information element (ie "Link Identifier") and different from the multi-link In other information elements of the road element (ie "Multi-Link").

又如,第一STA的MAC位址(例如表示為Reporting STA MAC Address)位於TDLS發現請求幀中的鏈路標識資訊元素。As another example, the MAC address of the first STA (eg, Reporting STA MAC Address) is located in the link identification information element in the TDLS discovery request frame.

在上述實現方式 ,作為TDLS發現請求幀的接收方,回應者在步驟S301收到所述TDLS發現請求幀之後,該回應者在步驟S302發送TDLS發現回應幀。In the above implementation manner, as the receiver of the TDLS discovery request frame, after the responder receives the TDLS discovery request frame in step S301, the responder sends a TDLS discovery response frame in step S302.

可選的,該回應者可以是單鏈路設備,也可以是第二MLD中的其他STA。Optionally, the responder may be a single-link device, or may be another STA in the second MLD.

可選的,該回應者可以是第二MLD中第一鏈路上的STA,第一鏈路是根據TDLS發現請求幀中的鏈路標識資訊元素中的BSSID欄位確定的。Optionally, the responder may be a STA on the first link in the second MLD, and the first link is determined according to the BSSID field in the link identification information element in the TDLS discovery request frame.

可選的,當第二MLD中沒有工作在第一鏈路上的STA,也可以由其他STA作為回應者,向第一STA回復TDLS發現回應幀。Optionally, when there is no STA working on the first link in the second MLD, other STAs may act as responders and reply the TDLS discovery response frame to the first STA.

具體地,回應者發送的TDLS發現回應幀的幀的Address 1欄位的值為TDLS發現請求幀中的第一STA的位址的值。例如,Address 1欄位的值等於中的Reporting STA MAC Address欄位的值。Specifically, the value of the Address 1 field of the TDLS discovery response frame sent by the responder is the value of the address of the first STA in the TDLS discovery request frame. For example, the value of the Address 1 field is equal to the value of the Reporting STA MAC Address field in .

示例性的,TDLS發現響應幀為一種管理幀,即第三STA無需經過AP的轉發即可向第一STA發送TDLS發現回應幀。其中,TDLS發現回應幀的幀結構如圖8c所示,相比於圖2b所示幀結構,圖8c可以省略部分資訊,例如省略如下資訊:Exemplarily, the TDLS discovery response frame is a management frame, that is, the third STA can send the TDLS discovery response frame to the first STA without being forwarded by the AP. Among them, the frame structure of the TDLS discovery response frame is shown in Figure 8c. Compared with the frame structure shown in Figure 2b, Figure 8c can omit some information, such as omitting the following information:

位址4(Address 4)、服務品質控制(quality of service contr,QoS Control)。Address 4 (Address 4), service quality control (quality of service contr, QoS Control).

此外,第二MLD中的某一個STA(記為STA2)收到TDLS發現請求幀,若發現其中的多鏈路標識資訊元素中的TDLS responder STA MAC Address欄位的取值為STA2所在的MLD(第二MLD)的MLD MAC位址,則確定自己是所述TDLS發現請求幀的接收方,需要回復TDLS發現回應幀。In addition, when a certain STA (referred to as STA2) in the second MLD receives the TDLS discovery request frame, if it finds that the value of the TDLS responder STA MAC Address field in the multi-link identification information element is the MLD where STA2 is located ( The MLD MAC address of the second MLD), then determine that it is the receiver of the TDLS discovery request frame, and needs to reply the TDLS discovery response frame.

可選的,TDLS發現回應幀可以是在第一鏈路上發送的,也可以在其他鏈路上發送。第二MLD可以根據TDLS發現請求幀中的多鏈路元素確定第一MLD支援哪些鏈路,以及相應的鏈路上的STA的MAC位址,從而在回復TDLS發現回應幀的時候,確定A1欄位如何設置。需設置為MLD1中對應鏈路上的STA的MAC位址。Optionally, the TDLS discovery response frame may be sent on the first link or on other links. The second MLD can determine which links the first MLD supports according to the multi-link element in the TDLS discovery request frame, and the MAC address of the STA on the corresponding link, so as to determine the A1 field when replying the TDLS discovery response frame How to set. It needs to be set to the MAC address of the STA on the corresponding link in MLD1.

示例性的,TDLS發現回應幀同樣需包含多鏈路元素和鏈路標識資訊元素。Exemplarily, the TDLS discovery response frame also needs to include a multi-link element and a link identification information element.

可選的,若回應者在步驟S302中,基於不同于第一鏈路的其他鏈路回復TDLS discovery response,則鏈路標識資訊元素中的TDLS initiator STA MAC Address欄位設置為新鏈路的MAC位址,或者設置為MLD MAC位址。可選的,Optionally, if the responder replies to the TDLS discovery response based on a link other than the first link in step S302, the TDLS initiator STA MAC Address field in the link identification information element is set to the MAC of the new link address, or set to the MLD MAC address. optional,

可選的,鏈路標識資訊元素的TDLS responder STA MAC Address欄位設置為MLD MAC位址。Optionally, the TDLS responder STA MAC Address field of the link identification information element is set to the MLD MAC address.

此後,在步驟S302中,第一MLD看到TDLS發現回應幀中的LIE中的TDLS responder STA MAC Address欄位的值與發送的TDLS發現請求幀中的LIE中的TDLS responder STA MAC Address欄位的值相同,則判斷該TDLS回應幀需要接收。注意,由於跨鏈路回復TDLS discovery response, 鏈路標識資訊元素中的BSSID有可能會發生改變,使得TDLS initiator STA MAC Address也發生改變,變成新鏈路上的站點的位址。Thereafter, in step S302, the first MLD sees the value of the TDLS responder STA MAC Address field in the LIE in the TDLS discovery response frame and the value of the TDLS responder STA MAC Address field in the LIE in the transmitted TDLS discovery request frame. If the values are the same, it is judged that the TDLS response frame needs to be received. Note that due to the reply of TDLS discovery response across the link, the BSSID in the link identification information element may change, so that the TDLS initiator STA MAC Address also changes, becoming the address of the station on the new link.

在另一種實現方式中,當前述圖5a、圖6a所涉及的TDLS通信過程為TDLS建立請求與回應對應的過程時,該通信過程可以表示為圖6b所示的步驟S303和步驟S304。具體包括如下實現過程。In another implementation manner, when the TDLS communication process involved in the aforementioned FIG. 5a and FIG. 6a is a process corresponding to a TDLS establishment request and response, the communication process may be represented as steps S303 and S304 shown in FIG. 6b. Specifically, the implementation process is as follows.

S303.發起者發送TDLS建立請求幀,相應的,回應者在步驟S303中接收得到TDLS建立請求幀。其中,TDLS建立請求幀即為前述圖5a、圖6a所涉及的TDLS通信過程中的第一無線幀。S303. The initiator sends a TDLS setup request frame, and correspondingly, the responder receives the TDLS setup request frame in step S303. Wherein, the TDLS establishment request frame is the first radio frame in the TDLS communication process involved in the aforementioned Fig. 5a and Fig. 6a.

S304.回應者發送TDLS建立回應幀,相應的,發起者在步驟S304中接收得到TDLS建立回應幀。其中,TDLS建立回應幀即為前述圖5a、圖6a所涉及的TDLS通信過程中的第二無線幀。S304. The responder sends a TDLS setup response frame, and correspondingly, the initiator receives the TDLS setup response frame in step S304. Wherein, the TDLS establishment response frame is the second wireless frame in the TDLS communication process involved in the foregoing FIG. 5 a and FIG. 6 a.

可選的,與步驟S301中TDLS發現請求幀的收發過程類似,由於TDLS建立請求幀、建立確認幀經過AP轉發後,可能會在其他鏈路上被對端收到,需要攜帶多鏈路元素和鏈路標識資訊元素。Optionally, similar to the sending and receiving process of the TDLS discovery request frame in step S301, since the TDLS establishment request frame and establishment confirmation frame may be received by the peer end on other links after being forwarded by the AP, they need to carry multi-link elements and A link identifies an informational element.

一種可能的實現中,發起者在步驟S303所發送的TDLS建立請求幀中,需要攜帶多鏈路元素和鏈路標識資訊元素。其中,鏈路標識資訊元素中的TDLS initiator STA MAC Address欄位(即發起者的位址資訊)的取值可以為發送站點的MAC位址,BSSID為發送鏈路對應的BSSID,TDLS responder STA MAC Address(即回應者的位址資訊)的取值可以是回應者所在MLD中對應鏈路上的STA的MAC位址,也可以是回應者所在MLD的MLD MAC位址。In a possible implementation, the TDLS setup request frame sent by the initiator in step S303 needs to carry a multi-link element and a link identification information element. Among them, the value of the TDLS initiator STA MAC Address field (that is, the address information of the initiator) in the link identification information element can be the MAC address of the sending station, the BSSID is the BSSID corresponding to the sending link, and the TDLS responder STA The value of MAC Address (that is, the address information of the responder) can be the MAC address of the STA on the corresponding link in the MLD where the responder is located, or the MLD MAC address of the MLD where the responder is located.

此外,回應者所在MLD在步驟S303收到TDLS建立請求幀的過程中,若發現其中的鏈路標識資訊元素中的TDLS responder STA MAC Address為回應者所在MLD中任意鏈路上的STA的MAC位址,或者是MLD2的MLD MAC位址,則回復TDLS建立回應幀。In addition, when the responder's MLD receives the TDLS establishment request frame in step S303, if it finds that the TDLS responder STA MAC Address in the link identification information element is the MAC address of the STA on any link in the responder's MLD , or the MLD MAC address of MLD2, then reply the TDLS establishment response frame.

一種可能的實現中,回應者在步驟S304所發送的TDLS建立回應幀中,需要攜帶多鏈路元素和鏈路標識資訊元素。其中,鏈路標識資訊元素中的TDLS initiator STA MAC Address(即發起者的位址資訊)設置為發起者所在MLD的MLD MAC Address,TDLS responder STA MAC Address(即回應者的位址資訊)設置為回應者所在MLD中發送這個幀的STA的MAC位址,BSSID設置為發送這個幀的鏈路的BSSID。In a possible implementation, the TDLS setup response frame sent by the responder in step S304 needs to carry a multi-link element and a link identification information element. Among them, the TDLS initiator STA MAC Address (that is, the address information of the initiator) in the link identification information element is set to the MLD MAC Address of the MLD where the initiator is located, and the TDLS responder STA MAC Address (that is, the address information of the responder) is set to The MAC address of the STA that sent this frame in the MLD where the responder is located, and the BSSID is set to the BSSID of the link that sent this frame.

此外,發起者所在MLD在收到TDLS建立響應幀後,若發現其中的鏈路標識資訊元素中的TDLS initiator STA MAC Address欄位的值為MLD1的MLD MAC位址,則判斷該TDLS回應幀需要接收。In addition, after receiving the TDLS setup response frame, if the MLD where the initiator is located finds that the value of the TDLS initiator STA MAC Address field in the link identification information element is the MLD MAC address of MLD1, then it is judged that the TDLS response frame needs to take over.

在另一種實現方式中,當前述圖5a、圖6a所涉及的TDLS通信過程為TDLS建立確認對應的過程時,該通信過程可以表示為圖6b所示的步驟S305和步驟S306。具體包括如下實現過程。In another implementation manner, when the TDLS communication process involved in the foregoing FIG. 5a and FIG. 6a is a process corresponding to TDLS establishment confirmation, the communication process may be expressed as step S305 and step S306 shown in FIG. 6b. Specifically, the implementation process is as follows.

S305.發起者發送TDLS確認幀,相應的,回應者在步驟S305中接收得到TDLS確認幀。S305. The initiator sends a TDLS confirmation frame, and correspondingly, the responder receives the TDLS confirmation frame in step S305.

其中,TDLS確認幀即為前述圖5a、圖6a所涉及的TDLS通信過程中的第一無線幀。Wherein, the TDLS acknowledgment frame is the first wireless frame in the TDLS communication process involved in the aforementioned Fig. 5a and Fig. 6a.

S306.回應者發送第一確認幀,相應的,發起者在步驟S306中接收得到第一確認幀。其中,第一確認幀為TDLS確認幀的回應幀。S306. The responder sends a first confirmation frame, and correspondingly, the initiator receives the first confirmation frame in step S306. Wherein, the first confirmation frame is a response frame of the TDLS confirmation frame.

其中,第一確認幀即為前述圖5a、圖6a所涉及的TDLS通信過程中的第二無線幀。Wherein, the first acknowledgment frame is the second wireless frame in the TDLS communication process involved in the aforementioned Fig. 5a and Fig. 6a.

可選的,第一確認幀(或第二應答幀)可以為確認(acknowledge, ACK)幀。Optionally, the first acknowledgment frame (or the second response frame) may be an acknowledgment (acknowledge, ACK) frame.

在另一種實現方式中,當前述圖5a、圖6a所涉及的TDLS通信過程為TDLS資料傳輸的過程時,該通信過程可以表示為圖6b所示的步驟S307和步驟S308。具體包括如下實現過程。In another implementation manner, when the TDLS communication process involved in the aforementioned FIG. 5a and FIG. 6a is a TDLS data transmission process, the communication process may be expressed as step S307 and step S308 shown in FIG. 6b. Specifically, the implementation process is as follows.

S307.發起者發送TDLS資料幀,相應的,回應者在步驟S307中接收得到TDLS資料幀。S307. The initiator sends the TDLS data frame, and correspondingly, the responder receives the TDLS data frame in step S307.

其中,TDLS資料幀即為前述圖5a、圖6a所涉及的TDLS通信過程中的第一無線幀。Wherein, the TDLS data frame is the first wireless frame in the TDLS communication process involved in the aforementioned Fig. 5a and Fig. 6a.

S308.回應者發送第二確認幀,相應的,發起者在步驟S308中接收得到第二確認幀。其中,第二確認幀為TDLS資料幀的回應幀。S308. The responder sends a second confirmation frame, and correspondingly, the initiator receives the second confirmation frame in step S308. Wherein, the second confirmation frame is a response frame of the TDLS data frame.

其中,第二確認幀即為前述圖5a、圖6a所涉及的TDLS通信過程中的第二無線幀。Wherein, the second acknowledgment frame is the second radio frame in the TDLS communication process involved in the aforementioned Fig. 5a and Fig. 6a.

可選的,第二確認幀可以為塊確認(block acknowledge, Block ACK簡稱BA)幀或確認(acknowledge, ACK)幀。Optionally, the second acknowledgment frame may be a block acknowledgment (block acknowledgment, Block ACK, BA for short) frame or an acknowledgment (acknowledge, ACK) frame.

具體地,步驟S303至步驟S308的實現過程可以參考前述步驟S301和步驟S302的實現過程,此處不再贅述。Specifically, for the implementation process of step S303 to step S308, reference may be made to the implementation process of step S301 and step S302, which will not be repeated here.

可選的,步驟S303所傳輸的TDLS建立請求幀、步驟S304所傳輸的TDLS建立回應幀、步驟S305所傳輸的TDLS建立確認幀的任一無線幀中,還可以攜帶有TPK Handshake Message,該TPK Handshake Message用於攜帶生成TPK所需的參數,該參數包括該第一BSSID、第二BSSID和Transmitted BSSID中的至少一項。Optionally, any wireless frame of the TDLS establishment request frame transmitted in step S303, the TDLS establishment response frame transmitted in step S304, and the TDLS establishment confirmation frame transmitted in step S305 may also carry a TPK Handshake Message, the TPK The Handshake Message is used to carry parameters required for generating the TPK, and the parameters include at least one of the first BSSID, the second BSSID, and the Transmitted BSSID.

可選的, TPK滿足:Optionally, TPK satisfies:

Figure 02_image001
Figure 02_image001

其中,參數A滿足:Among them, parameter A satisfies:

Figure 02_image003
Figure 02_image003

其中,

Figure 02_image005
in,
Figure 02_image005

此外,相關參數滿足: “ANonce”為認證者的亂數且“

Figure 02_image007
”為請求者的亂數,兩者均包含於FTE資訊元素;“
Figure 02_image009
”表示發起者的MAC位址資訊;“
Figure 02_image011
”表示回應者的MAC位址資訊;“
Figure 02_image013
”表示發起者對應的BSSID(或AP MLD的MLD MAC位址); “
Figure 02_image015
”表示秘鑰生成函數,詳見標準文檔802.11-2020。 “
Figure 02_image017
”表示取
Figure 02_image009
Figure 02_image011
中的最小值; “
Figure 02_image019
”表示取
Figure 02_image009
Figure 02_image011
中的最大值; “
Figure 02_image021
”表示取
Figure 02_image007
和ANonce中的最小值; “
Figure 02_image023
”表示取
Figure 02_image007
和ANonce中的最小值; “
Figure 02_image025
”表示認證及密匙管理套件中的雜湊演算法。 In addition, the relevant parameters satisfy: "ANonce" is the authenticator's random number and "
Figure 02_image007
" is the requester's random number, both contained in the FTE info element;"
Figure 02_image009
"Indicates the initiator's MAC address information;"
Figure 02_image011
"Indicates the MAC address information of the respondent;"
Figure 02_image013
"Indicates the BSSID corresponding to the initiator (or the MLD MAC address of the AP MLD); "
Figure 02_image015
"Indicates the secret key generation function, see the standard document 802.11-2020 for details."
Figure 02_image017
" means take
Figure 02_image009
and
Figure 02_image011
The minimum value in; "
Figure 02_image019
" means take
Figure 02_image009
and
Figure 02_image011
the maximum value in; "
Figure 02_image021
" means take
Figure 02_image007
and min in ANonce;"
Figure 02_image023
" means take
Figure 02_image007
and min in ANonce;"
Figure 02_image025
" indicates the hash algorithm in the authentication and key management suite.

Figure 02_image027
”表示KDF運算的目的為生成TDLS PMK。 "
Figure 02_image027
"Indicates that the purpose of KDF operation is to generate TDLS PMK.

Figure 02_image029
”表示“或”。 "
Figure 02_image029
" means "or".

可選的,在步驟S307和步驟S308中,在TDLS直連鏈路建立完成之後,發起者和回應者之間可以進行資料傳輸。發起者或回應者在發送資料幀時,可以將所述資料幀的A1欄位設置為對方的MLD MAC位址,將A2欄位設置為自己的MLD MAC位址。Optionally, in step S307 and step S308, after the TDLS direct link is established, data transmission can be performed between the initiator and the responder. When the initiator or responder sends a data frame, the A1 field of the data frame can be set as the MLD MAC address of the other party, and the A2 field can be set as its own MLD MAC address.

可選的,回應者若收到資料幀,發現所述資料幀的A1欄位的值為自己的MLD MAC位址的值,則繼續接收所述資料幀。Optionally, if the responder receives the data frame and finds that the value of the A1 field of the data frame is the value of its own MLD MAC address, it continues to receive the data frame.

上面從方法的角度對本申請進行描述,下面將從裝置的角度對本申請進一步介紹。The above describes the present application from the perspective of the method, and the following will further introduce the present application from the perspective of the device.

請參閱圖9,為本申請提供的一種通信裝置900,例如該通信裝置900具體可以為前述圖5a所涉及的通信方法(及其任一可能的實現方式)中的發送方或接收方。Please refer to FIG. 9 , which is a communication device 900 provided in this application. For example, the communication device 900 may specifically be a sender or a receiver in the communication method (and any possible implementation thereof) mentioned above in FIG. 5 a .

如圖9所示,該通信裝置900包括處理單元901和收發單元902。As shown in FIG. 9 , the communication device 900 includes a processing unit 901 and a transceiver unit 902 .

當該通信裝置900用於執行前述發送方所涉及的通信過程中,處理單元901和收發單元902具體用於執行如下過程。When the communication device 900 is used to perform the communication process involved in the aforementioned sender, the processing unit 901 and the transceiver unit 902 are specifically used to perform the following process.

該處理單元901用於生成第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括多鏈路元素,該多鏈路元素包括第一欄位,該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊;The processing unit 901 is configured to generate a first radio frame, the first radio frame includes a multi-link element, and the multi-link element includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate whether the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA;

該收發單元902用於發送該第一無線幀。The transceiving unit 902 is used for sending the first wireless frame.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,發送單元901所發送的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該多鏈路元素包括用於指示該多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位。其中,在第一欄位指示該多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該第一欄位確定該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該多鏈路元素中。從而,通過在第一無線幀中設置用於指示多鏈路元素是否包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位,使得對於發送方的位址資訊的指示更加靈活,從而能適應多種通信場景。相應的,第一無線幀的接收方基於第一無線幀中的第一欄位靈活地選擇是否在多鏈路元素中接收第一STA的MAC位址資訊,並且在第一欄位指示多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,可以準確地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame sent by the sending unit 901 carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the MLD where the first STA is located. Whether the multi-link element includes the first field of the MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, when the first field indicates that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can determine the first STA based on the first field The MAC address information for is located in the multilink element. Therefore, by setting the first field for indicating whether the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA in the first radio frame, the indication of the address information of the sender is more flexible, thereby adapting to various communication scene. Correspondingly, the receiver of the first radio frame flexibly selects whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field in the first radio frame, and indicates the multi-link element in the first field When the path element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the MAC address information of the first STA can be accurately obtained.

當該通信裝置900用於執行前述接收方所涉及的通信過程中,處理單元901和收發單元902具體用於執行如下過程。When the communication device 900 is used to perform the communication process involved in the aforementioned receiver, the processing unit 901 and the transceiver unit 902 are specifically used to perform the following process.

該收發單元902用於接收來自第一STA的第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括多鏈路元素,該多鏈路元素包括第一欄位,該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊;The transceiver unit 902 is configured to receive a first wireless frame from a first STA, the first wireless frame includes a multi-link element, and the multi-link element includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate the multi-link Whether the road element includes the MAC address information of the first STA;

該處理單元901用於基於該第一欄位確定是否在多鏈路元素中接收該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。The processing unit 901 is configured to determine whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信過程中,接收單元902所接收的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該多鏈路元素包括用於指示該多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位。其中,在第一欄位指示該多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該第一欄位確定該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該多鏈路元素中。從而,通過在第一無線幀中設置用於指示多鏈路元素是否包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊的第一欄位,使得對於發送方的位址資訊的指示更加靈活,從而能適應多種通信場景。相應的,第一無線幀的接收方基於第一無線幀中的第一欄位靈活地選擇是否在多鏈路元素中接收第一STA的MAC位址資訊,並且在第一欄位指示多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,可以準確地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the WLAN communication process, the first wireless frame received by the receiving unit 902 carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the MLD where the first STA is located. Whether the multi-link element includes the first field of the MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, when the first field indicates that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can determine the first STA based on the first field The MAC address information for is located in the multilink element. Therefore, by setting the first field for indicating whether the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA in the first radio frame, the indication of the address information of the sender is more flexible, thereby adapting to various communication scene. Correspondingly, the receiver of the first radio frame flexibly selects whether to receive the MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field in the first radio frame, and indicates the multi-link element in the first field When the path element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the MAC address information of the first STA can be accurately obtained.

當該通信裝置900用於執行前述發送方(或接收方)所涉及的通信過程時,該通信裝置900還可以執行如下所示可能的實現方式。When the communication device 900 is used to perform the communication process involved in the aforementioned sender (or receiver), the communication device 900 may also perform the following possible implementation manners.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一欄位位於該多鏈路元素中的出現點陣圖(Presence Bitmap)欄位中。In a possible implementation manner, the first field is located in a field of a presence bitmap (Presence Bitmap) in the multilink element.

在一種可能的實現方式中,在該第一欄位的取值為第一取值時,該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,該多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, when the value of the first field is the first value, the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, and the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA. The link element includes MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,在該第一欄位的取值為第二取值時,該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the first field is the second value, the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,第一取值不同於第二取值。Optionally, the first value is different from the second value.

在一種可能的實現方式中,在該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該多鏈路元素包括公共資訊(Common Info)欄位,該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該公共資訊欄位中。In a possible implementation manner, when the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the multi-link element includes a common information (Common Info) field, the The MAC address information of the first STA is located in the public information field.

可選的,在該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一無線幀包括以下任一項:Optionally, when the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA, the first wireless frame includes any of the following:

通道直接鏈路建立(tunneled direct link setup,TDLS)發現請求幀、TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立請求幀、TDLS建立回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀、TDLS資料幀、TDLS資料幀的回應幀。Tunneled direct link setup (TDLS) discovery request frame, TDLS discovery response frame, TDLS setup request frame, TDLS setup response frame, TDLS setup confirmation frame, TDLS setup confirmation frame response frame, TDLS data frame, TDLS A response frame for a data frame.

在一種可能的實現方式中,在該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一無線幀還包括第一資訊元素,該第一資訊元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊;其中,該第一資訊元素不同於該多鏈路元素。In a possible implementation manner, when the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA, the first radio frame further includes a first information element, and the first The information element includes MAC address information of the first STA; wherein, the first information element is different from the multi-link element.

可選的,在該第一欄位用於指示該多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊時,該第一無線幀包括以下任一項:Optionally, when the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA, the first radio frame includes any of the following:

關聯請求幀、重關聯請求幀、關聯回應幀、重關聯回應幀或探測回應幀。Association request frame, reassociation request frame, association response frame, reassociation response frame or probe response frame.

需要說明的是,該通信裝置900還可以用於執行前述其它實施例,並實現相應的有益效果,具體可以參考前述實施例中的描述,此處不再贅述。It should be noted that the communication device 900 may also be used to execute other aforementioned embodiments and achieve corresponding beneficial effects. For details, reference may be made to the descriptions in the aforementioned embodiments, and details are not repeated here.

請參閱圖10,為本申請提供的一種通信裝置1000,該通信裝置1000包括發送單元1001和接收單元1002。Referring to FIG. 10 , it is a communication device 1000 provided in this application, and the communication device 1000 includes a sending unit 1001 and a receiving unit 1002 .

一種實現方式中,該通信裝置1000具體可以為前述圖6a所涉及的通信方法(及其任一可能的實現方式)中的第一STA或第二STA。In an implementation manner, the communication apparatus 1000 may specifically be the first STA or the second STA in the communication method (and any possible implementation manner thereof) involved in the aforementioned FIG. 6a.

當該通信裝置1000用於執行前述第一STA(或發起者)所涉及的通信過程中,發送單元1001和接收單元1002具體用於執行如下過程。When the communication apparatus 1000 is used to perform the communication process involved in the aforementioned first STA (or initiator), the sending unit 1001 and the receiving unit 1002 are specifically used to perform the following process.

該發送單元1001用於發送第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括該第一STA所在的第一多鏈路設備MLD對應的第一多鏈路元素,其中,該第一多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊;The sending unit 1001 is configured to send a first radio frame, where the first radio frame includes a first multi-link element corresponding to the first multi-link device MLD where the first STA is located, where the first multi-link element includes MAC address information of the first STA;

該接收單元1002用於接收第二無線幀,該第二無線幀為該第一無線幀的回應幀。The receiving unit 1002 is used for receiving a second wireless frame, which is a response frame of the first wireless frame.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信的應用於TDLS的傳輸過程中,發送單元1001所發送的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該第一多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該多鏈路元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the transmission process of WLAN communication applied to TDLS, the first wireless frame sent by the sending unit 1001 carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located. The first multi-link element includes MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the multi-link element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the multi-link element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the A MAC address information of the STA.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

當該通信裝置1000用於執行前述第二STA(或回應者)所涉及的通信過程中,發送單元1001和接收單元1002具體用於執行如下過程。When the communication apparatus 1000 is used to perform the communication process involved in the aforementioned second STA (or responder), the sending unit 1001 and the receiving unit 1002 are specifically used to perform the following process.

該接收單元1002用於接收第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括第一STA所在的第一多鏈路設備MLD對應的第一多鏈路元素,其中,該第一多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊;The receiving unit 1002 is configured to receive a first radio frame, where the first radio frame includes a first multi-link element corresponding to a first multi-link device MLD where the first STA is located, where the first multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA;

該發送單元1001用於發送第二無線幀,該第二無線幀為該第一無線幀的回應幀。The sending unit 1001 is used for sending a second wireless frame, and the second wireless frame is a response frame of the first wireless frame.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信的應用於TDLS的傳輸過程中,接收單元1002所接收的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,該第一多鏈路元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該多鏈路元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的多鏈路元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the transmission process of WLAN communication applied to TDLS, the first wireless frame received by the receiving unit 1002 carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located. The first multi-link element includes MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first radio frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the multi-link element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the multi-link element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the A MAC address information of the STA.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

當該通信裝置1000用於執行前述第一STA(或第二STA、或發起者、或回應者)所涉及的通信過程時,該通信裝置1000還可以執行如下所示可能的實現方式。When the communication device 1000 is used to perform the communication process involved in the aforementioned first STA (or second STA, or initiator, or responder), the communication device 1000 may also perform the following possible implementation manners.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一多鏈路元素包括公共資訊欄位,該第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於該公共資訊欄位中。In a possible implementation manner, the first multi-link element includes a public information field, and the MAC address information of the first STA is located in the public information field.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一多鏈路元素包括第一欄位,該第一欄位用於指示該第一多鏈路元素是否包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first multi-link element includes a first field, where the first field is used to indicate whether the first multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,在該第一欄位的取值為第一取值時,該第一欄位用於指示該第一多鏈路元素包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the first field is the first value, the first field is used to indicate that the first multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,在該第一欄位的取值為第二取值時,該第一欄位用於指示該第一多鏈路元素不包括該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the first field is the second value, the first field is used to indicate that the first multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA.

可選的,第一取值不同於第二取值。Optionally, the first value is different from the second value.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一欄位位於該第一多鏈路元素中的出現點陣圖欄位中。In a possible implementation manner, the first field is located in a bitmap field in the first multi-link element.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀還包括第一資訊元素,該第一資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址。In a possible implementation manner, the first wireless frame further includes a first information element, where the first information element includes address information of the initiator and address information of the responder, and the address information of the initiator is the A MAC address of the first MLD where the STA is located.

可選的,該第一資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素(Link Identifier element)。Optionally, the first information element is a link identifier information element (Link Identifier element).

在一種可能的實現方式中,在該第一無線幀中,該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的MAC位址資訊或該第二STA所在的第二MLD的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, in the first wireless frame, the address information of the responder is the MAC address information of the second STA or the MAC address information of the second MLD where the second STA is located.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀包括第二STA所在的第二MLD對應的第二多鏈路元素,其中,該第二多鏈路元素包括該第二STA的MAC位址。In a possible implementation manner, the second radio frame includes a second multi-link element corresponding to the second MLD where the second STA is located, where the second multi-link element includes the MAC address of the second STA.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二多鏈路元素包括公共資訊欄位,該第二STA的MAC位址資訊位於該公共資訊欄位中。In a possible implementation manner, the second multi-link element includes a public information field, and the MAC address information of the second STA is located in the public information field.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二多鏈路元素包括第二欄位,該第二欄位用於指示該第二多鏈路元素是否包括該第二STA的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second multi-link element includes a second field, where the second field is used to indicate whether the second multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the second STA.

可選的,在該第二欄位的取值為第一取值時,該第二欄位用於指示該第二多鏈路元素包括該第二STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the second field is the first value, the second field is used to indicate that the second multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the second STA.

可選的,在該第二欄位的取值為第二取值時,該第二欄位用於指示該第二多鏈路元素不包括該第二STA的MAC位址資訊。Optionally, when the value of the second field is the second value, the second field is used to indicate that the second multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the second STA.

可選的,第一取值不同於第二取值。Optionally, the first value is different from the second value.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二欄位位於該多鏈路元素中的出現點陣圖欄位中。In a possible implementation manner, the second field is located in a bitmap field in the multilink element.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀還包括第二資訊元素,該第二資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second radio frame further includes a second information element, where the second information element includes address information of the initiator and address information of the responder.

可選的,該第二資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素(Link Identifier element)。Optionally, the second information element is a link identifier information element (Link Identifier element).

在一種可能的實現方式中,在該第二資訊元素中,該發起者的位址資訊為以下任一項:In a possible implementation manner, in the second information element, the initiator's address information is any of the following:

該第一STA的MAC位址;或,the MAC address of the first STA; or,

該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址;或,The MAC address of the first MLD where the first STA is located; or,

第三STA的MAC位址,其中,該第三STA與該第一STA均位於第一MLD中,且該第二STA所在的BSS的BSSID和該第三STA所在的BSS的BSSID相同。The MAC address of the third STA, where the third STA and the first STA are located in the first MLD, and the BSSID of the BSS where the second STA is located is the same as the BSSID of the BSS where the third STA is located.

在一種可能的實現方式中,在該第二資訊元素中,該回應者的位址資訊為以下任一項:In a possible implementation manner, in the second information element, the address information of the respondent is any of the following:

第二STA的MAC位址;或,the MAC address of the second STA; or,

第二STA所在的第二MLD的MAC位址。The MAC address of the second MLD where the second STA is located.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀包括TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS建立請求幀或TDLS建立確認幀;該第一STA發送該第一無線幀包括:該第一STA向該第一STA關聯的第一接入點AP發送該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括位址一(Address 1,A1)欄位、位址二(Address 2,A2)欄位和位址三(Address 3,A3)欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為該第一AP的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第一STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first radio frame includes a TDLS discovery request frame, a TDLS establishment request frame, or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame; sending the first radio frame by the first STA includes: the first STA sending the first STA The associated first access point AP sends the first wireless frame, and the first wireless frame also includes an address one (Address 1, A1) field, an address two (Address 2, A2) field and an address three ( Address 3, A3) field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the first AP, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the first STA, and the value of the A3 field is The value is the address information of the respondent.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀;該第一STA發送該第一無線幀包括:該第一STA向該第二STA發送該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第一STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址。In a possible implementation manner, the first wireless frame is a TDLS data frame; sending the first wireless frame by the first STA includes: sending the first wireless frame to the second STA by the first STA, and the first wireless The frame also includes A1 field, A2 field and A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the respondent, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the first STA, and the value of the A2 field is the address information of the first STA. The value of the field A3 is the BSSID or the MAC address of the AP MLD.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀為TDLS建立回應幀;該第一STA接收該第二無線幀包括:該第一STA接收來自該第一STA關聯的第一AP的該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為該第一STA的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第一AP的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second wireless frame is a TDLS setup response frame; receiving the second wireless frame by the first STA includes: receiving the second wireless frame from the first AP associated with the first STA by the first STA. A wireless frame, wherein the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the first STA, and the value of the A2 field is For the address information of the first AP, the value of the field A3 is the address information of the respondent.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀包括TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀或TDLS資料幀的回應幀;該第一STA接收該第二無線幀包括:該第一STA接收來自該第二STA的該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second wireless frame includes a TDLS discovery response frame, a response frame of a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, or a response frame of a TDLS data frame; receiving the second wireless frame by the first STA includes: the first STA receiving the second wireless frame from the second STA, wherein the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field and an A3 field; wherein the value of the A1 field is the address information of the initiator, The value of the A2 field is the address information of the second STA, and the value of the A3 field is the BSSID or the MAC address information of the AP MLD.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀包括TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS建立請求幀或TDLS建立確認幀;該第二STA接收該第一無線幀包括:該第二STA接收來自該第二STA關聯的第二AP的該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為第二STA的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二AP的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first radio frame includes a TDLS discovery request frame, a TDLS establishment request frame, or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame; receiving the first radio frame by the second STA includes: receiving, by the second STA, an The first wireless frame of the second AP associated with the STA, the first wireless frame also includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the second STA, The value of the field A2 is the address information of the second AP, and the value of the field A3 is the address information of the initiator.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀;該第二STA接收該第一無線幀包括:該第二STA接收來自該第一STA的該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為第二STA的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first wireless frame is a TDLS data frame; the second STA receiving the first wireless frame includes: the second STA receiving the first wireless frame from the first STA, and the first The wireless frame also includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the second STA, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the initiator, and the value of the A2 field is the address information of the initiator. The value of the field A3 is the BSSID or the MAC address information of the AP MLD.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀為TDLS建立回應幀;該第二STA發送該第二無線幀包括:該第一STA向該第二STA關聯的第二AP發送該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為該第二AP的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second wireless frame is a TDLS establishment response frame; sending the second wireless frame by the second STA includes: sending the second wireless frame by the first STA to a second AP associated with the second STA frame, wherein the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the second AP, and the value of the A2 field is the The address information of the second STA, the value of the field A3 is the address information of the initiator.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀包括TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀或TDLS資料幀的回應幀;該第二STA發送該第二無線幀包括:該第二STA向該第一STA發送該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second wireless frame includes a TDLS discovery response frame, a response frame of a TDLS setup confirmation frame, or a response frame of a TDLS data frame; sending the second wireless frame by the second STA includes: the second STA sending the second wireless frame to the first STA, wherein the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the initiator, and the The value of the field A2 is the address information of the second STA, and the value of the field A3 is the BSSID or the MAC address information of the AP MLD.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該回應者為該第二STA或該第二STA所在的第二MLD。In a possible implementation manner, the responder is the second STA or the second MLD where the second STA is located.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該發起者為該第一STA或該第一STA所在的第一MLD。In a possible implementation manner, the initiator is the first STA or the first MLD where the first STA is located.

另一種實現方式中,該通信裝置1000具體可以為前述圖6a所涉及的通信方法(及其任一可能的實現方式)中的第一STA或第二STA。In another implementation manner, the communication apparatus 1000 may specifically be the first STA or the second STA in the communication method (and any possible implementation manner thereof) mentioned above in FIG. 6a.

當該通信裝置1000用於執行前述第一STA(或發起者)所涉及的通信過程中,發送單元1001和接收單元1002具體用於執行如下過程。When the communication apparatus 1000 is used to perform the communication process involved in the aforementioned first STA (or initiator), the sending unit 1001 and the receiving unit 1002 are specifically used to perform the following process.

該發送單元1001用於發送第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括第一資訊元素和第一多鏈路元素,該第一資訊元素包括第一站點STA的MAC位址資訊;The sending unit 1001 is configured to send a first radio frame, where the first radio frame includes a first information element and a first multi-link element, where the first information element includes MAC address information of a first station STA;

該接收單元1002用於接收第二無線幀,該第二無線幀為該第一無線幀的回應幀。The receiving unit 1002 is used for receiving a second wireless frame, which is a response frame of the first wireless frame.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信的應用於TDLS的傳輸過程中,發送單元1001所發送的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,不同於該第一多鏈路元素的第一資訊元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該第一資訊元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的第一資訊元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the transmission process of WLAN communication applied to TDLS, the first wireless frame sent by the sending unit 1001 carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located. The first information element in the first multi-link element includes MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the first information element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the first information element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the first STA A MAC address information of the STA.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

當該通信裝置1000用於執行前述第二STA(或回應者)所涉及的通信過程中,發送單元1001和接收單元1002具體用於執行如下過程。When the communication apparatus 1000 is used to perform the communication process involved in the aforementioned second STA (or responder), the sending unit 1001 and the receiving unit 1002 are specifically used to perform the following process.

該接收單元1002用於接收第一無線幀,該第一無線幀包括第一資訊元素和第一多鏈路元素,該第一資訊元素包括第一站點STA的MAC位址資訊;The receiving unit 1002 is configured to receive a first wireless frame, the first wireless frame includes a first information element and a first multi-link element, the first information element includes MAC address information of a first station STA;

該發送單元1001用於發送第二無線幀,該第二無線幀為該第一無線幀的回應幀。The sending unit 1001 is used for sending a second wireless frame, and the second wireless frame is a response frame of the first wireless frame.

基於上述技術方案,在WLAN通信的應用於TDLS的傳輸過程中,接收單元1002所接收的第一無線幀中攜帶有用於指示第一STA所在第一MLD的站點資訊的多鏈路元素,不同於該第一多鏈路元素的第一資訊元素包括第一STA的MAC位址資訊。其中,該第一無線幀的接收方(例如第二STA)可以基於該第一資訊元素接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。從而,第一無線幀的接收方可以在第一無線幀中的第一資訊元素所在位置中接收得到該第一STA的MAC位址資訊,使得第一無線幀的接收方可以有效地獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊。Based on the above technical solution, in the transmission process of WLAN communication applied to TDLS, the first wireless frame received by the receiving unit 1002 carries a multi-link element used to indicate the site information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, different from The first information element in the first multi-link element includes MAC address information of the first STA. Wherein, the recipient of the first wireless frame (for example, the second STA) can receive and obtain the MAC address information of the first STA based on the first information element. Therefore, the receiver of the first wireless frame can receive the MAC address information of the first STA at the location of the first information element in the first wireless frame, so that the receiver of the first wireless frame can effectively know the first STA A MAC address information of the STA.

此外,在一些實現方式中,第一無線幀的接收方在獲知該第一STA的MAC位址資訊之後,後續第一無線幀的接收方還可以基於該第一STA的MAC位址資訊與第一STA基於TDLS進行通信,以提升通信效率。In addition, in some implementations, after the receiver of the first wireless frame obtains the MAC address information of the first STA, the receiver of the subsequent first wireless frame may also base on the MAC address information of the first STA and the first STA A STA communicates based on TDLS to improve communication efficiency.

當該通信裝置1000用於執行前述第一STA(或第二STA、或發起者、或回應者)所涉及的通信過程時,該通信裝置1000還可以執行如下所示可能的實現方式。When the communication device 1000 is used to perform the communication process involved in the aforementioned first STA (or second STA, or initiator, or responder), the communication device 1000 may also perform the following possible implementation manners.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素,其中,該鏈路標識資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA的MAC位址資訊(或表述為,第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於鏈路標識資訊元素中),該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的位址資訊或該第二STA所在的MLD的位址資訊。In a possible implementation, the first information element is a link identification information element, where the link identification information element includes the address information of the initiator and the address information of the responder, and the address information of the initiator is the MAC address information of the first STA (or expressed as, the MAC address information of the first STA is located in the link identification information element), and the address information of the responder is the address information of the second STA or the first STA 2. Address information of the MLD where the STA is located.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀還包括鏈路標識資訊元素,該鏈路標識資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址資訊,該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的位址資訊或該第二STA所在的MLD的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first wireless frame further includes a link identification information element, where the link identification information element includes address information of the initiator and address information of the responder, and the address information of the initiator is The MAC address information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and the address information of the responder is the address information of the second STA or the address information of the MLD where the second STA is located.

可選的,第一資訊元素不同于多鏈路元素且第一資訊元素不同于鏈路標識資訊元素。Optionally, the first information element is different from the multi-link element and the first information element is different from the link identification information element.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀包括第二資訊元素和第二多鏈路元素,該第二資訊元素包括第二站點STA的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second radio frame includes a second information element and a second multi-link element, where the second information element includes MAC address information of the second station STA.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二資訊元素為鏈路標識資訊元素,其中,該鏈路標識資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第二STA的MAC位址資訊(或表述為,第二STA的MAC位址資訊位於鏈路標識資訊元素中),該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的位址資訊或該第二STA所在的MLD的位址資訊。In a possible implementation, the second information element is a link identification information element, where the link identification information element includes the address information of the initiator and the address information of the responder, and the address information of the initiator is the MAC address information of the second STA (or expressed as, the MAC address information of the second STA is located in the link identification information element), and the address information of the responder is the address information of the second STA or the second STA 2. Address information of the MLD where the STA is located.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀還包括鏈路標識資訊元素,該鏈路標識資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,該發起者的位址資訊為該第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址資訊,該回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的位址資訊或該第二STA所在的MLD的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first wireless frame further includes a link identification information element, where the link identification information element includes address information of the initiator and address information of the responder, and the address information of the initiator is The MAC address information of the first MLD where the first STA is located, and the address information of the responder is the address information of the second STA or the address information of the MLD where the second STA is located.

可選的,第二資訊元素不同于多鏈路元素且第一資訊元素不同于鏈路標識資訊元素。Optionally, the second information element is different from the multi-link element and the first information element is different from the link identification information element.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀包括TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS建立請求幀或TDLS建立確認幀;該第一STA發送該第一無線幀包括:該第一STA向該第一STA關聯的第一接入點AP發送該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括位址一(Address 1,A1)欄位、位址二(Address 2,A2)欄位和位址三(Address 3,A3)欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為該第一AP的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第一STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first radio frame includes a TDLS discovery request frame, a TDLS establishment request frame, or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame; sending the first radio frame by the first STA includes: the first STA sending the first STA The associated first access point AP sends the first wireless frame, and the first wireless frame also includes an address one (Address 1, A1) field, an address two (Address 2, A2) field and an address three ( Address 3, A3) field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the first AP, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the first STA, and the value of the A3 field is The value is the address information of the respondent.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀;該第一STA發送該第一無線幀包括:該第一STA向該第二STA發送該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第一STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址。In a possible implementation manner, the first wireless frame is a TDLS data frame; sending the first wireless frame by the first STA includes: sending the first wireless frame to the second STA by the first STA, and the first wireless The frame also includes A1 field, A2 field and A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the respondent, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the first STA, and the value of the A2 field is the address information of the first STA. The value of the field A3 is the BSSID or the MAC address of the AP MLD.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀為TDLS建立回應幀;該第一STA接收該第二無線幀包括:該第一STA接收來自該第一STA關聯的第一AP的該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為該第一STA的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第一AP的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second wireless frame is a TDLS setup response frame; receiving the second wireless frame by the first STA includes: receiving the second wireless frame from the first AP associated with the first STA by the first STA. A wireless frame, wherein the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the first STA, and the value of the A2 field is For the address information of the first AP, the value of the field A3 is the address information of the respondent.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀包括TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀或TDLS資料幀的回應幀;該第一STA接收該第二無線幀包括:該第一STA接收來自該第二STA的該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second wireless frame includes a TDLS discovery response frame, a response frame of a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, or a response frame of a TDLS data frame; receiving the second wireless frame by the first STA includes: the first STA receiving the second wireless frame from the second STA, wherein the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field and an A3 field; wherein the value of the A1 field is the address information of the initiator, The value of the A2 field is the address information of the second STA, and the value of the A3 field is the BSSID or the MAC address information of the AP MLD.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀包括TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS建立請求幀或TDLS建立確認幀;該第二STA接收該第一無線幀包括:該第二STA接收來自該第二STA關聯的第二AP的該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為第二STA的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二AP的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first radio frame includes a TDLS discovery request frame, a TDLS establishment request frame, or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame; receiving the first radio frame by the second STA includes: receiving, by the second STA, an The first wireless frame of the second AP associated with the STA, the first wireless frame also includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the second STA, The value of the field A2 is the address information of the second AP, and the value of the field A3 is the address information of the initiator.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀;該第二STA接收該第一無線幀包括:該第二STA接收來自該第一STA的該第一無線幀,該第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為第二STA的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the first wireless frame is a TDLS data frame; the second STA receiving the first wireless frame includes: the second STA receiving the first wireless frame from the first STA, and the first The wireless frame also includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the second STA, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the initiator, and the value of the A2 field is the address information of the initiator. The value of the field A3 is the BSSID or the MAC address information of the AP MLD.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀為TDLS建立回應幀;該第二STA發送該第二無線幀包括:該第一STA向該第二STA關聯的第二AP發送該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為該第二AP的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second wireless frame is a TDLS establishment response frame; sending the second wireless frame by the second STA includes: sending the second wireless frame by the first STA to a second AP associated with the second STA frame, wherein the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the second AP, and the value of the A2 field is the The address information of the second STA, the value of the field A3 is the address information of the initiator.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該第二無線幀包括TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀或TDLS資料幀的回應幀;該第二STA發送該第二無線幀包括:該第二STA向該第一STA發送該第二無線幀,其中,該第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,該A1欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,該A2欄位的取值為該第二STA的位址資訊,該A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。In a possible implementation manner, the second wireless frame includes a TDLS discovery response frame, a response frame of a TDLS setup confirmation frame, or a response frame of a TDLS data frame; sending the second wireless frame by the second STA includes: the second STA sending the second wireless frame to the first STA, wherein the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the initiator, and the The value of the field A2 is the address information of the second STA, and the value of the field A3 is the BSSID or the MAC address information of the AP MLD.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該回應者為該第二STA或該第二STA所在的第二MLD。In a possible implementation manner, the responder is the second STA or the second MLD where the second STA is located.

在一種可能的實現方式中,該發起者為該第一STA或該第一STA所在的第一MLD。In a possible implementation manner, the initiator is the first STA or the first MLD where the first STA is located.

需要說明的是,該通信裝置1000還可以用於執行前述其它實施例,並實現相應的有益效果,具體可以參考前述實施例中的描述,此處不再贅述。It should be noted that the communication device 1000 may also be used to execute other aforementioned embodiments and achieve corresponding beneficial effects. For details, reference may be made to the descriptions in the aforementioned embodiments, and details are not repeated here.

為了便於說明,參見圖11,圖11是本申請實施例提供的通信裝置1100的結構示意圖。該通信裝置1100可以為AP(例如前述方法實施例中發送方或接收方)或STA(例如前述方法實施例中的發送方、接收方、第一STA、第二STA、發起者或回應者),或其中的晶片。圖11僅示出了通信裝置1100的主要部件,該通信裝置1100至少包括收發器1102。For ease of description, refer to FIG. 11 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1100 may be an AP (such as the sender or receiver in the foregoing method embodiments) or a STA (such as the sender, recipient, first STA, second STA, initiator or responder in the foregoing method embodiments) , or wafers within it. FIG. 11 shows only the main components of a communication device 1100 , which includes at least a transceiver 1102 .

可選的,該收發器1102也可以稱為輸入輸出埠,通訊連接埠或者通信介面等。Optionally, the transceiver 1102 may also be called an input/output port, a communication connection port, or a communication interface.

可選的,該通信裝置1100還包括處理器1101;此外,該通信裝置1100還可以進一步包括記憶體1103。Optionally, the communication device 1100 further includes a processor 1101 ; in addition, the communication device 1100 may further include a memory 1103 .

可選地,該裝置1100還可以增加匯流排1104,該匯流排1104用於建立收發器1102和/或記憶體1103與處理器1101的連接。Optionally, the device 1100 may further add a bus bar 1104 , which is used to establish a connection between the transceiver 1102 and/or the memory 1103 and the processor 1101 .

處理器1101主要用於對通信協定以及通信資料進行處理,以及對整個通信裝置進行控制,執行軟體程式,處理軟體程式的資料。記憶體1103主要用於存儲軟體程式和資料。收發器1102可以包括控制電路和天線,控制電路主要用於基帶信號與射頻信號的轉換以及對射頻信號的處理。天線主要用於收發電磁波形式的射頻信號。例如收發器1102可以為觸控式螢幕、顯示幕,鍵盤等主要用於接收使用者輸入的資料以及對使用者輸出資料。The processor 1101 is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire communication device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs. The memory 1103 is mainly used for storing software programs and data. The transceiver 1102 may include a control circuit and an antenna, and the control circuit is mainly used for converting a baseband signal to a radio frequency signal and processing the radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. For example, the transceiver 1102 can be a touch screen, a display screen, a keyboard, etc., and is mainly used for receiving data input by a user and outputting data to the user.

當通信裝置1100開機後,處理器1101可以讀取記憶體1103中的軟體程式,解釋並執行軟體程式的指令,處理軟體程式的資料。當需要通過無線發送資料時,處理器1101對待發送的資料進行基帶處理後,輸出基帶信號至射頻電路,射頻電路將基帶信號進行射頻處理後將射頻信號通過天線以電磁波的形式向外發送。當有資料發送到通信裝置時,射頻電路通過天線接收到射頻信號,將射頻信號轉換為基帶信號,並將基帶信號輸出至處理器1101,處理器1101將基帶信號轉換為資料並對該資料進行處理。When the communication device 1100 is turned on, the processor 1101 can read the software program in the memory 1103, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When it is necessary to send data wirelessly, the processor 1101 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. When data is sent to the communication device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1101, and the processor 1101 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data deal with.

可選的,記憶體1103可以位於處理器1101中。Optionally, the memory 1103 may be located in the processor 1101 .

在上述任一種設計中,處理器1101中可以包括用於實現接收和發送功能的通信介面。例如該通信介面可以是收發電路,或者是介面,或者是介面電路。用於實現接收和發送功能的收發電路、介面或介面電路可以是分開的,也可以集成在一起。上述收發電路、介面或介面電路可以用於代碼/資料的讀寫,或者,上述收發電路、介面或介面電路可以用於信號的傳輸或傳遞。In any of the above designs, the processor 1101 may include a communication interface for implementing receiving and sending functions. For example, the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, or an interface, or an interface circuit. The transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit used to realize the functions of receiving and sending can be separated or integrated together. The above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit can be used for reading and writing codes/data, or the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit can be used for signal transmission or transfer.

在上述任一種設計中,處理器1101可以存有指令,該指令可為電腦程式,電腦程式在處理器1101上運行,可使得通信裝置1100執行上述任一實施例中描述的方法。電腦程式可能固化在處理器1101中,該種情況下,處理器1101可能由硬體實現。In any of the above designs, the processor 1101 may store instructions, which may be computer programs, and the computer programs run on the processor 1101 to enable the communication device 1100 to execute the methods described in any of the above embodiments. The computer program may be solidified in the processor 1101, in this case, the processor 1101 may be realized by hardware.

在一種實現方式中,通信裝置1100可以包括電路,該電路可以實現前述任一實施例中發送或接收或者通信的功能。本申請中描述的處理器和通信介面可實現在積體電路(integrated circuit,IC)、模擬IC、無線射頻積體電路(radio frequency integrated circuit,RFIC)、混合信號IC、專用積體電路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、印刷電路板(printed circuit board,PCB)、電子設備等上。該處理器和通信介面也可以用各種IC工藝技術來製造,例如互補金屬氧化物半導體(complementary metal oxide semiconductor,CMOS)、N型金屬氧化物半導體(nMetal-oxide-semiconductor,NMOS)、P 型金屬氧化物半導體(positive channel metal oxide semiconductor,PMOS)、雙極結型電晶體(bipolar junction transistor,BJT)、雙極 CMOS(BiCMOS)、矽鍺(SiGe)、砷化鎵(GaAs)等。In an implementation manner, the communication device 1100 may include a circuit, and the circuit may implement the function of sending or receiving or communicating in any of the foregoing embodiments. The processors and communication interfaces described in this application can be implemented in integrated circuits (integrated circuits, ICs), analog ICs, radio frequency integrated circuits (radio frequency integrated circuits (RFICs), mixed-signal ICs, application-specific ICs (application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), printed circuit board (printed circuit board, PCB), electronic equipment, etc. The processor and communication interface can also be fabricated using various IC process technologies, such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), nMetal-oxide-semiconductor (NMOS), p-metal Oxide semiconductor (positive channel metal oxide semiconductor, PMOS), bipolar junction transistor (bipolar junction transistor, BJT), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs), etc.

本申請中描述的通信裝置的範圍並不限於此,而且通信裝置的結構可以不受圖11的限制。通信裝置可以是獨立的設備或者可以是較大設備的一部分。例如該通信裝置可以是:The scope of the communication device described in this application is not limited thereto, and the structure of the communication device may not be limited by FIG. 11 . A communication device may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device. For example the communication device may be:

(1)獨立的積體電路IC,或晶片,或,晶片系統或子系統;(1) Stand-alone integrated circuit ICs, or chips, or chip systems or subsystems;

(2)具有一個或多個IC的集合,可選的,該IC集合也可以包括用於存儲資料,電腦程式的存儲部件;(2) A set of one or more ICs, optionally, the set of ICs may also include storage components for storing data and computer programs;

(3)ASIC,例如數據機(Modem);(3) ASIC, such as modem (Modem);

(4)可嵌入在其他設備內的模組;(4) Modules that can be embedded in other devices;

(5)接收機、終端、智慧終端機、蜂窩電話、無線設備、手持機、移動單元、車載設備、網路設備、雲設備、人工智慧設備等等;(5) Receivers, terminals, smart terminals, cellular phones, wireless devices, handsets, mobile units, vehicle-mounted devices, network devices, cloud devices, artificial intelligence devices, etc.;

(6)其他等等。(6) Others and so on.

作為一種可能的產品形態,本申請實施例所描述的AP和STA,可以由通用處理器來實現。As a possible product form, the AP and STA described in the embodiments of this application may be implemented by a general-purpose processor.

應理解,上述各種產品形態的通信裝置,具有上述任一實施例中AP或STA的任意功能,此處不再贅述。It should be understood that the above-mentioned communication devices in various product forms have any function of the AP or STA in any of the above-mentioned embodiments, which will not be repeated here.

本申請實施例還提供一種電腦可讀存儲介質,該電腦可讀存儲介質中存儲有電腦程式代碼,當上述處理器執行該電腦程式代碼時,電子設備執行前述任一實施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which computer program code is stored, and when the above-mentioned processor executes the computer program code, the electronic device executes the method in any one of the above-mentioned embodiments.

本申請實施例還提供一種電腦程式產品,當該電腦程式產品在電腦上運行時,使得電腦執行前述任一實施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method in any one of the foregoing embodiments.

本申請實施例還提供一種通信裝置,該裝置可以以晶片的產品形態存在,該裝置的結構中包括處理器和介面電路,該處理器用於通過接收電路與其它裝置通信,使得該裝置執行前述任一實施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which can exist in the product form of a chip, and the structure of the device includes a processor and an interface circuit, and the processor is used to communicate with other devices through a receiving circuit, so that the device can perform any of the foregoing A method in one embodiment.

本申請實施例還提供一種無線通訊系統,包括至少兩個STA(以及可能存在的AP),該至少兩個STA(以及可能存在的AP)可以執行前述任一實施例中的方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a wireless communication system, including at least two STAs (and possibly existing APs), and the at least two STAs (and possibly existing APs) can execute the method in any of the preceding embodiments.

結合本申請公開內容所描述的方法或者演算法的步驟可以硬體的方式來實現,也可以是由處理器執行軟體指令的方式來實現。軟體指令可以由相應的軟體模組組成,軟體模組可以被存放於隨機存取記憶體(Random Access Memory,RAM)、快閃記憶體、可擦除可程式設計唯讀記憶體(Erasable Programmable ROM,EPROM)、電可擦可程式設計唯讀記憶體(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)、寄存器、硬碟、移動硬碟、唯讀光碟(CD-ROM)或者本領域熟知的任何其它形式的存儲介質中。一種示例性的存儲介質耦合至處理器,從而使處理器能夠從該存儲介質讀取資訊,且可向該存儲介質寫入資訊。當然,存儲介質也可以是處理器的組成部分。處理器和存儲介質可以位於ASIC中。The steps of the methods or algorithms described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application can be implemented in the form of hardware, or can be implemented in the form of a processor executing software instructions. The software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable Programmable ROM) , EPROM), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM), registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art . An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be a component of the processor. The processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.

本領域技術人員應該可以意識到,在上述一個或多個示例中,本申請所描述的功能可以用硬體、軟體、固件或它們的任意組合來實現。當使用軟體實現時,可以將這些功能存儲在電腦可讀介質中或者作為電腦可讀介質上的一個或多個指令或代碼進行傳輸。電腦可讀介質包括電腦可讀存儲介質和通信介質,其中通信介質包括便於從一個地方向另一個地方傳送電腦程式的任何介質。存儲介質可以是通用或專用電腦能夠存取的任何可用介質。Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in the above one or more examples, the functions described in this application may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Computer-readable media includes both computer-readable storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another. A storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

以上所述的具體實施方式,對本申請的目的、技術方案和有益效果進行了進一步詳細說明,所應理解的是,以上所述僅為本申請的具體實施方式而已,並不用於限定本申請的保護範圍,凡在本申請的技術方案的基礎之上,所做的任何修改、等同替換、改進等,均應包括在本申請的保護範圍之內。The specific implementation manners described above have further described the purpose, technical solutions and beneficial effects of the application in detail. It should be understood that the above descriptions are only specific implementation modes of the application and are not intended to limit the scope of the application. Scope of protection: All modifications, equivalent replacements, improvements, etc. made on the basis of the technical solutions of this application shall be included within the scope of protection of this application.

300:格式 310:MLD公共資訊部分 320:可選子元素 301:元素ID 302、305、33721:長度 303:元素ID擴展 304:多鏈路控制 306:欄位k 307:每個STA x的簡介 308:每個STA y的簡介(如果存在的話) 314:類型 324:欄位k出現 334:保留 317:子元素ID 327:長度 337:內容 3371:STA控制 3372:STA資訊 3373:STA簡介 33711:鏈路ID 33712:STA MAC位址出現 33722:STA MAC位址 33731:欄位x 33732:元素Y 33733:非繼承元素(如果存在的話) S101、S102、S103、S201、S202、S301、S302、S303、S304、S305、S306、S307、S308:步驟 11、12、31、51、52:AP 11、12、21、31、41、42、51、52:STA 900、1000、1100:通信裝置 901:處理單元 902:收發單元 1001:發送單元 1002:接收單元 1101:處理器 1102:收發器、輸入輸出埠 1103:記憶體 1104:匯流排 300: format 310:MLD Public Information Section 320: Optional child element 301: Element ID 302, 305, 33721: Length 303: Element ID extension 304: Multi-link control 306: field k 307: Introduction of each STA x 308: Profile of each STA y (if present) 314: type 324: Column k appears 334: reserved 317: child element ID 327: length 337: content 3371: STA control 3372: STA information 3373: Introduction to STA 33711: Link ID 33712: STA MAC address appears 33722: STA MAC address 33731: Field x 33732: Element Y 33733: Non-inherited element (if present) S101, S102, S103, S201, S202, S301, S302, S303, S304, S305, S306, S307, S308: steps 11, 12, 31, 51, 52: AP 11, 12, 21, 31, 41, 42, 51, 52: STA 900, 1000, 1100: communication device 901: processing unit 902: transceiver unit 1001: sending unit 1002: receiving unit 1101: Processor 1102: transceiver, input and output ports 1103: memory 1104: busbar

圖1為本申請所應用的通信系統的一個示意圖; 圖2a為本申請實施例提供的無線幀的一個示意圖; 圖2b為本申請實施例提供的無線幀的另一個示意圖; 圖3a為本申請實施例提供的無線幀的另一個示意圖; 圖3b為本申請實施例提供的無線幀的另一個示意圖; 圖4為本申請實施例提供的無線幀的另一個示意圖; 圖5a為本申請實施例提供的通信方法的一個示意圖; 圖5b為本申請實施例提供的無線幀的另一個示意圖; 圖6a為本申請實施例提供的通信方法的另一個示意圖; 圖6b為本申請實施例提供的通信方法的另一個示意圖; 圖7a為本申請所應用的通信系統的另一個示意圖; 圖7b為本申請所應用的通信系統的另一個示意圖; 圖7c為本申請所應用的通信系統的另一個示意圖; 圖7d為本申請所應用的通信系統的另一個示意圖; 圖8a為本申請實施例提供的無線幀的另一個示意圖; 圖8b為本申請實施例提供的無線幀的另一個示意圖; 圖8c為本申請實施例提供的無線幀的另一個示意圖; 圖9為本申請實施例提供的通信裝置的一個示意圖; 圖10為本申請實施例提供的通信裝置的另一個示意圖; 圖11為本申請實施例提供的通信裝置的另一個示意圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of the communication system applied in the present application; FIG. 2a is a schematic diagram of a wireless frame provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 2b is another schematic diagram of a wireless frame provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 3a is another schematic diagram of a wireless frame provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 3b is another schematic diagram of a wireless frame provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 4 is another schematic diagram of a wireless frame provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 5a is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 5b is another schematic diagram of a wireless frame provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 6a is another schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application; FIG. 6b is another schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application; Fig. 7a is another schematic diagram of the communication system applied in the present application; Fig. 7b is another schematic diagram of the communication system applied in the present application; Fig. 7c is another schematic diagram of the communication system applied in the present application; Fig. 7d is another schematic diagram of the communication system applied in the present application; FIG. 8a is another schematic diagram of a wireless frame provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 8b is another schematic diagram of a wireless frame provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 8c is another schematic diagram of a wireless frame provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 10 is another schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 11 is another schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

S101、S102、S103:步驟 S101, S102, S103: steps

Claims (37)

一種無線幀發送方法,其中,包括: 生成第一無線幀,所述第一無線幀包括多鏈路元素,所述多鏈路元素包括第一欄位,所述第一欄位用於指示所述多鏈路元素是否包括第一站點STA的介質接入控制MAC位址資訊; 發送所述第一無線幀。 A wireless frame transmission method, including: generate a first radio frame, the first radio frame includes a multi-link element, the multi-link element includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate whether the multi-link element includes a first station Media access control MAC address information of point STA; Send the first radio frame. 一種無線幀接收方法,其中,包括: 接收第一無線幀,所述第一無線幀包括多鏈路元素,所述多鏈路元素包括第一欄位,所述第一欄位用於指示所述多鏈路元素是否包括第一站點STA的MAC位址資訊; 基於所述第一欄位確定是否在所述多鏈路元素中接收所述第一STA的MAC位址資訊。 A wireless frame receiving method, including: receiving a first radio frame, the first radio frame including a multilink element, the multilink element including a first field, the first field is used to indicate whether the multilink element includes a first station Click on the MAC address information of the STA; determining whether to receive MAC address information of the first STA in the multi-link element based on the first field. 如請求項1或2所述的方法,其中,所述第一欄位位於所述多鏈路元素中的出現點陣圖欄位中。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first column is located in an appearance bitmap column in the multi-link element. 如請求項1至3任一項所述的方法,其中, 在所述第一欄位的取值為第一取值時,所述第一欄位用於指示所述多鏈路元素包括所述第一STA的MAC位址資訊。 The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein, When the value of the first field is the first value, the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element includes the MAC address information of the first STA. 如請求項4所述的方法,其中,所述多鏈路元素包括公共資訊欄位,所述第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於所述公共資訊欄位中。The method according to claim 4, wherein the multi-link element includes a public information field, and the MAC address information of the first STA is located in the public information field. 如請求項1至5任一項所述的方法,其中, 在所述第一欄位的取值為第二取值時,所述第一欄位用於指示所述多鏈路元素不包括所述第一STA的MAC位址資訊;所述第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於所述第一無線幀的除所述多鏈路元素之外的其他位置中。 The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein, When the value of the first field is the second value, the first field is used to indicate that the multi-link element does not include the MAC address information of the first STA; the first STA The MAC address information of is located in other positions of the first radio frame except the multi-link element. 一種通信方法,其中,包括: 發送第一無線幀,所述第一無線幀包括第一站點STA所在的第一多鏈路設備MLD對應的第一多鏈路元素,其中,所述第一多鏈路元素包括第一STA的介質接入控制MAC位址資訊; 所述第一STA接收第二無線幀,所述第二無線幀為所述第一無線幀的回應幀。 A method of communication, comprising: Sending a first radio frame, where the first radio frame includes a first multi-link element corresponding to the first multi-link device MLD where the first station STA is located, where the first multi-link element includes the first STA MAC address information of media access control; The first STA receives a second wireless frame, where the second wireless frame is a response frame of the first wireless frame. 一種通信方法,其中,包括: 第二站點STA接收第一無線幀,所述第一無線幀包括第一STA所在的第一多鏈路設備MLD對應的第一多鏈路元素,其中,所述第一多鏈路元素包括所述第一STA的介質接入控制MAC位址資訊; 所述第二STA發送第二無線幀,所述第二無線幀為所述第一無線幀的回應幀。 A method of communication, comprising: The second station STA receives the first radio frame, and the first radio frame includes a first multi-link element corresponding to the first multi-link device MLD where the first STA is located, wherein the first multi-link element includes Media access control MAC address information of the first STA; The second STA sends a second wireless frame, where the second wireless frame is a response frame of the first wireless frame. 如請求項7或8所述的方法,其中,所述第一多鏈路元素包括公共資訊欄位,所述第一STA的MAC位址資訊位於所述公共資訊欄位中。The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the first multi-link element includes a public information field, and the MAC address information of the first STA is located in the public information field. 如請求項7至9中任一項所述的方法,其中,所述第一多鏈路元素包括第一欄位,所述第一欄位用於指示所述第一多鏈路元素是否包括所述第一STA的MAC位址資訊。The method according to any one of claims 7 to 9, wherein the first multi-link element includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate whether the first multi-link element includes MAC address information of the first STA. 如請求項10所述的方法,其中,所述第一欄位位於所述第一多鏈路元素中的出現點陣圖欄位中。The method according to claim 10, wherein the first field is located in an appearance bitmap field in the first multi-link element. 如請求項7至11任一項所述的方法,其中,所述第一無線幀還包括第一資訊元素,所述第一資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊,所述發起者的位址資訊為所述第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址。The method according to any one of claims 7 to 11, wherein the first radio frame further includes a first information element, and the first information element includes address information of the initiator and address information of the responder, The address information of the initiator is the MAC address of the first MLD where the first STA is located. 如請求項12所述的方法,其中, 在所述第一無線幀中,所述回應者的位址資訊為第二STA的MAC位址資訊或所述第二STA所在的第二MLD的MAC位址資訊。 The method of claim 12, wherein, In the first wireless frame, the address information of the responder is the MAC address information of the second STA or the MAC address information of the second MLD where the second STA is located. 如請求項7至13任一項所述的方法,其中,所述第二無線幀包括第二STA所在的第二MLD對應的第二多鏈路元素,其中,所述第二多鏈路元素包括所述第二STA的MAC位址。The method according to any one of claims 7 to 13, wherein the second radio frame includes a second multi-link element corresponding to the second MLD where the second STA is located, wherein the second multi-link element Including the MAC address of the second STA. 如請求項14所述的方法,其中,所述第二多鏈路元素包括公共資訊欄位,所述第二STA的MAC位址資訊位於所述公共資訊欄位中。The method according to claim 14, wherein the second multi-link element includes a public information field, and the MAC address information of the second STA is located in the public information field. 如請求項14或15所述的方法,其中,所述第二多鏈路元素包括第二欄位,所述第二欄位用於指示所述第二多鏈路元素是否包括所述第二STA的MAC位址資訊。The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the second multi-link element includes a second field, and the second field is used to indicate whether the second multi-link element includes the second STA MAC address information. 如請求項16所述的方法,其中,所述第二欄位位於所述第二多鏈路元素中的出現點陣圖欄位中。The method according to claim 16, wherein the second field is located in an appearance bitmap field in the second multi-link element. 如請求項7至17任一項所述的方法,其中, 所述第二無線幀還包括第二資訊元素,所述第二資訊元素包括發起者的位址資訊和回應者的位址資訊。 The method according to any one of claims 7 to 17, wherein, The second radio frame further includes a second information element, and the second information element includes address information of the initiator and address information of the responder. 如請求項18所述的方法,其中, 在所述第二資訊元素中,所述發起者的位址資訊為以下任一項: 所述第一STA的MAC位址;或, 所述第一STA所在的第一MLD的MAC位址;或, 第三STA的MAC位址,其中,所述第三STA與所述第一STA均位於第一MLD中,且所述第二STA所在的BSS的BSSID和所述第三STA所在的BSS的BSSID相同。 The method of claim 18, wherein, In the second information element, the initiator's address information is any of the following: the MAC address of the first STA; or, the MAC address of the first MLD where the first STA is located; or, The MAC address of the third STA, wherein both the third STA and the first STA are located in the first MLD, and the BSSID of the BSS where the second STA is located and the BSSID of the BSS where the third STA is located same. 如請求項18或19所述的方法,其中, 在所述第二資訊元素中,所述回應者的位址資訊為以下任一項: 第二STA的MAC位址;或, 第二STA所在的第二MLD的MAC位址。 The method of claim 18 or 19, wherein, In the second information element, the address information of the respondent is any of the following: the MAC address of the second STA; or, The MAC address of the second MLD where the second STA is located. 如請求項7,9至20任一項所述的方法,其中,所述第一無線幀包括TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS建立請求幀或TDLS建立確認幀; 所述發送所述第一無線幀包括: 向所述第一STA關聯的第一接入點AP發送所述第一無線幀,所述第一無線幀還包括位址一A1欄位、位址二A2欄位和位址三A3欄位;其中,所述A1欄位的取值為所述第一AP的位址資訊,所述A2欄位的取值為所述第一STA的位址資訊,所述A3欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊。 The method according to any one of claims 7, 9 to 20, wherein the first radio frame includes a TDLS discovery request frame, a TDLS establishment request frame or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame; The sending the first radio frame includes: Sending the first wireless frame to the first access point AP associated with the first STA, the first wireless frame also includes an address one A1 field, an address two A2 field and an address three A3 field ; Wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the first AP, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the first STA, and the value of the A3 field is The address information of the respondent. 如請求項7,9至20任一項所述的方法,其中,所述第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀; 所述發送所述第一無線幀包括: 向所述第二STA發送所述第一無線幀,所述第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,所述A1欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊,所述A2欄位的取值為所述第一STA的位址資訊,所述A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址。 The method according to any one of claims 7, 9 to 20, wherein the first radio frame is a TDLS data frame; The sending the first radio frame includes: Sending the first wireless frame to the second STA, the first wireless frame also includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address of the respondent Information, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the first STA, and the value of the A3 field is the BSSID or the MAC address of the AP MLD. 如請求項7,9至22任一項所述的方法,其中,所述第二無線幀為TDLS建立回應幀; 所述接收所述第二無線幀包括: 接收來自所述第一STA關聯的第一AP的所述第二無線幀,其中,所述第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,所述A1欄位的取值為所述第一STA的位址資訊,所述A2欄位的取值為所述第一AP的位址資訊,所述A3欄位的取值為回應者的位址資訊。 The method according to any one of claims 7, 9 to 22, wherein the second radio frame is a TDLS establishment response frame; The receiving the second radio frame includes: Receive the second wireless frame from the first AP associated with the first STA, where the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; where the value of the A1 field is The value is the address information of the first STA, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the first AP, and the value of the A3 field is the address information of the responder. 如請求項7,9至22任一項所述的方法,其中,所述第二無線幀包括TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀或TDLS資料幀的回應幀; 所述接收所述第二無線幀包括: 接收來自所述第二STA的所述第二無線幀,其中,所述第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,所述A1欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,所述A2欄位的取值為所述第二STA的位址資訊,所述A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。 The method according to any one of claim items 7, 9 to 22, wherein the second radio frame includes a TDLS discovery response frame, a response frame of a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, or a response frame of a TDLS data frame; The receiving the second radio frame includes: Receive the second wireless frame from the second STA, where the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; where the value of the A1 field is the value of the initiator For address information, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the second STA, and the value of the A3 field is the BSSID or the MAC address information of the AP MLD. 如請求項8至23任一項所述的方法,其中,所述第一無線幀包括TDLS發現請求幀、TDLS建立請求幀或TDLS建立確認幀; 所述接收所述第一無線幀包括: 接收來自所述第二STA關聯的第二AP的所述第一無線幀,所述第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,所述A1欄位的取值為第二STA的位址資訊,所述A2欄位的取值為所述第二AP的位址資訊,所述A3欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊。 The method according to any one of claims 8 to 23, wherein the first radio frame includes a TDLS discovery request frame, a TDLS establishment request frame or a TDLS establishment confirmation frame; The receiving the first radio frame includes: Receive the first wireless frame from the second AP associated with the second STA, the first wireless frame also includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the address information of the second STA, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the second AP, and the value of the A3 field is the address information of the initiator. 如請求項8至23任一項所述的方法,其中,所述第一無線幀為TDLS資料幀; 所述接收所述第一無線幀包括: 接收來自所述第一STA的所述第一無線幀,所述第一無線幀還包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,所述A1欄位的取值為第二STA的位址資訊,所述A2欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,所述A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。 The method according to any one of claims 8 to 23, wherein the first radio frame is a TDLS data frame; The receiving the first radio frame includes: Receive the first wireless frame from the first STA, the first wireless frame further includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the value of the second STA For address information, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the initiator, and the value of the A3 field is the BSSID or the MAC address information of the AP MLD. 如請求項8至23任一項所述的方法,其中,所述第二無線幀為TDLS建立回應幀; 所述發送所述第二無線幀包括: 向所述第二STA關聯的第二AP發送所述第二無線幀,其中,所述第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,所述A1欄位的取值為所述第二AP的位址資訊,所述A2欄位的取值為所述第二STA的位址資訊,所述A3欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊。 The method according to any one of claims 8 to 23, wherein the second radio frame is a TDLS establishment response frame; The sending the second radio frame includes: Send the second wireless frame to a second AP associated with the second STA, where the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; where the value of the A1 field is is the address information of the second AP, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the second STA, and the value of the A3 field is the address information of the initiator. 如請求項8至23任一項所述的方法,其中,所述第二無線幀包括TDLS發現回應幀、TDLS建立確認幀的回應幀或TDLS資料幀的回應幀; 所述發送所述第二無線幀包括: 向所述第一STA發送所述第二無線幀,其中,所述第二無線幀包括A1欄位、A2欄位和A3欄位;其中,所述A1欄位的取值為發起者的位址資訊,所述A2欄位的取值為所述第二STA的位址資訊,所述A3欄位的取值為BSSID或AP MLD的MAC位址資訊。 The method according to any one of claim items 8 to 23, wherein the second wireless frame includes a TDLS discovery response frame, a response frame of a TDLS establishment confirmation frame, or a response frame of a TDLS data frame; The sending the second radio frame includes: Send the second wireless frame to the first STA, where the second wireless frame includes an A1 field, an A2 field, and an A3 field; wherein, the value of the A1 field is the initiator's bit address information, the value of the A2 field is the address information of the second STA, and the value of the A3 field is the BSSID or the MAC address information of the AP MLD. 如請求項21至23任一項所述的方法,其中, 所述回應者為所述第二STA或所述第二STA所在的第二MLD。 The method according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein, The responder is the second STA or the second MLD where the second STA is located. 如請求項24至28任一項所述的方法,其中, 所述發起者為所述第一STA或所述第一STA所在的第一MLD。 The method according to any one of claims 24 to 28, wherein, The initiator is the first STA or the first MLD where the first STA is located. 一種無線幀發送裝置,其中,所述裝置包括接收單元和發送單元,其中,所述裝置用於執行請求項1、3至6任一項所述的方法。A wireless frame sending device, wherein the device includes a receiving unit and a sending unit, wherein the device is configured to execute the method described in any one of claims 1, 3 to 6. 一種無線幀接收裝置,其中,所述裝置包括接收單元和發送單元,其中,所述裝置用於執行請求項2至6任一項所述的方法。A wireless frame receiving device, wherein the device includes a receiving unit and a sending unit, wherein the device is configured to perform the method described in any one of claims 2 to 6. 一種通信裝置,其中,所述裝置包括接收單元和發送單元,其中,所述裝置用於執行請求項7、9至30任一項所述的方法。A communication device, wherein the device includes a receiving unit and a sending unit, wherein the device is configured to perform the method described in any one of claims 7, 9 to 30. 一種通信裝置,其中,所述裝置包括接收單元和發送單元,其中,所述裝置用於執行請求項8至30任一項所述的方法。A communication device, wherein the device includes a receiving unit and a sending unit, wherein the device is configured to perform the method described in any one of claims 8 to 30. 一種通信裝置,其中,包括至少一個處理器,與記憶體耦合; 所述記憶體用於存儲程式或指令; 所述至少一個處理器用於執行所述程式或指令,以使所述裝置實現如請求項1至30任一項所述的方法。 A communication device, comprising at least one processor coupled to a memory; The memory is used to store programs or instructions; The at least one processor is configured to execute the program or instructions, so that the device implements the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 30. 一種包含程式指令的電腦程式產品,其中,當所述程式指令在電腦上運行時,使得所述電腦執行請求項1至30任一項所述的方法。A computer program product comprising program instructions, wherein, when the program instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method described in any one of Claims 1 to 30. 一種電腦可讀存儲介質,其中,所述電腦可讀存儲介質中存儲程式指令,當所述程式指令運行時,使得請求項1至30任一項所述的方法被執行。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein a program instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the program instruction is run, the method described in any one of claims 1 to 30 is executed.
TW111131572A 2021-09-07 2022-08-22 Communication method and communication apparatus TW202312723A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111045946.6 2021-09-07
CN202111045946.6A CN117544690A (en) 2021-09-07 2021-09-07 Communication method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202312723A true TW202312723A (en) 2023-03-16

Family

ID=85507219

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111131572A TW202312723A (en) 2021-09-07 2022-08-22 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (3)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117544690A (en)
TW (1) TW202312723A (en)
WO (1) WO2023036081A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2620992A (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-01-31 Canon Kk P2P communication method and system with multi-link TDLS direct link

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10959153B2 (en) * 2017-09-11 2021-03-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for multi-link aggregation signaling
WO2021011476A1 (en) * 2019-07-12 2021-01-21 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Methods for enabling multi-link wlans
WO2021112510A1 (en) * 2019-12-04 2021-06-10 엘지전자 주식회사 Link setup for multilink operation
WO2022149814A1 (en) * 2021-01-08 2022-07-14 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for receiving mac address of another sta within reception mld in wireless lan system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117544690A (en) 2024-02-09
WO2023036081A1 (en) 2023-03-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20240040639A1 (en) Communication apparatus and communication method for multi-link peer to peer communication
US11012923B2 (en) Discovery and security in LWA communication
US9125179B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting frame in wireless local area network (WLAN) system
AU2021281967B2 (en) Signaling information exchange method and communication apparatus in wireless local area network
AU2021243081B2 (en) Communication method applied to multi-link device in wireless local area network, and device
KR20150037964A (en) Fast initial link setup discovery frames
WO2020238957A1 (en) Verification method and apparatus
TWI805263B (en) Direct link addressing method and apparatus
WO2023036081A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CA3188573A1 (en) Request and response method for probing mld, station, and access point
WO2023005907A1 (en) Radio-frame sending method and apparatus, and radio-frame receiving method and apparatus
WO2023045499A1 (en) Radio frame sending method and apparatus, and radio frame receiving method and apparatus
TWI820874B (en) Transmission method and apparatus applied to channel direct link establishment
WO2024109035A1 (en) Multi-link concurrent connection method and apparatus, and device
WO2023000941A1 (en) Radio frame sending method and apparatus, and radio frame receiving method and apparatus
WO2024065461A1 (en) Multi-link communication method and device
US12003399B2 (en) Request and response method for probing MLD, station, and access point
WO2023245678A1 (en) Multi-link reconfiguration method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2023056852A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system